CLEARWATER CONCENTRATE INJECTION DEEP WELL PROJECT PHASE 1 - 09-0044-UT�: ,,�
µ r 5��.� re
�,i^ `+�� � .
,r
.� . �, a �'�
{,
r,r� .'',. '•a
,�-^ ` ,�,Lz��.
�'t ,_ ��r,k°,
`',�.t�� .A'::i9.
r\GIVGEK]`G nEB1R'I'S1f::�"I'
October 12, 2012
�
ITY OF C.�LEARWA'I�ER
Pr>.�� Orrtci: R�,� =��'�8, Ci e.us���;����:iz, F�.o�ttr�:� �3%>$- �?�f8
��Ii x�ae�� Si�t���cj�s �3i�u�>i�c. 10O S��u-n� �4I���rni:A��c�1�e, Sinr 220, Gr��a�ti��n�z, Ft�>a��>.� �3�56
Tr.i.e>>�ic„r (?2%) �62-�f?j0 F:�z (�??) >C2-4?�5
rr. � ;
� C„ � � A „
� �� 1
�r`E°i�d.�,v�. �� s��a�'"�" 9E:4 ��'
`'�t
Applied Drilling Engineering, Inc. i.���1A`����: ������ ���`�
Attn: Stuart Anderson
10014 N. Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 205
Tampa, FL 33618
Re: Clearwater Concentrate Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1(09-0044-UT)
Certificate of Final Completion
Dear Mr. Anderson:
The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of Fridav, Sentember 28,
2012.
However, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept
the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads:
"The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to
other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final
acceptance."
Very �r�ly yours,
'� t--.- ----_ _ . _ __ _
$�6b�'rt Maue
Project Manager
City of Clearwater
cc: Robert Fahey, PE, Utilities Manager
Jeff.Trommer, LBG, Inc
._ n..�.�, ._. � -
Project File
�,Lqt'.v.I;�ir�.u�'�u'�r.j�:;:i!i��a,:�'ri�; :\� rt�.�� Ii�iri����:i;�,
w �.
�
�
1
1
�
�
1
1
i
i
1
1
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
CLEAR�IVATER CONCENTRATE
INJECTION DEEP WELL PROJECT
PHASE 1
( P ROJ ECT N o. 09-0044-UT)
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS &
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
�
�
}
�
�
Prepared for
ISSUED FOR BID
SEPTEMBER 2011
Prepared By
LEGGETTE, BRASHEARS 8c GRAHAM, INC.
�.,- , "j
'` $�_,� 10014 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 205
� ��-� Tam a Florida 33618
P�
�
� DATE (MM/DO/YYYY)
A� �� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSU�tAN�E o1�ZO�ZOIZ
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATNELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
_ __ _
IMPORTANT: If the certi8cate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate dces not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsemerrt(s).
PRODUCER 1-813-229-8021 �E �T Kriaten Daytoa
M. E. wilson Co., Iac. PHONE F�
ac No :
300 �P. Platt St. �pRESS; . kdayton�mewilsoa.com
Ste 200
..._�., e. i� c n c INSURE S AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC X
INSURED
Applied Drilling Bagiaeering, Inc.
10014 N. Dale Mabry
Suite 205
Tampa, FL 33618
2saa�iis
iNSURERA: �e6tfield IIIe CO
iwsuRCa a• Zenith Ina Co
INSURER C :
REVISION NU
24112
13269
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLIGItS Ur IN,UKArvGt ua�tv acwvv nr+vc occ�v �aav�v �v �n� ���v����.. �..-.�.��..........� ...�. ..
INDICATEO. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER OOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR TypE OF INSURANCE �DL UBR p�uCY NUMBER MM�p Y EFF �CpY EXP (,IMRS �
LTR .__ . .._ _
A GENERAL LIABILITY TRA3571467 Ol/O1/1 O1/O1/13 Ep,CH OCCURRENCE $ 1, 000, 000
� DAMAGE�fi D 150,000
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES Ea occurrence $
CLAIMSMADE a OCCUR MED EXP (My one person) $ 10, 000
% 5500 deductible PERSONAL&ADVINJURY a 1,000,000
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
POLICY g PR� LOC
p+ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
R ANY AUTO
ALL OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS AUTOS
NON-0WNED
g HIRED AUTOS g AUTOS
A % UMBRELLA LIAB % OCCUR
EXCESS LIAB r.� c�u�A
57
B WORKERSCOMPENSATION Z06884
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILRY Y/ N
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED7 Y� N� A
(Mandatory in NH)
If ves. describe under
A
2 Q I2�,12
ri� �
GENERALAGGREGATE $ 2.000,000
PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $2.000,000
I$
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 1, 000, 000
Ea acadent
BODILY INJURY (Per person) S
BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $
13 EqCH OCCUF
AGGREGATE
O1/O1/13
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EM
E.L. DISEASE - POLIC
Limit:
Deductible:
DESCWPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATION3/ VEMClEB (Altach ACORD 101, Additlonal Remarks Schedule, if mora space ia required)
Project: Clearv+ater Concentrate Injectioa Deep �vell Project Phase / Project�k: 09-0044UT
�City of Cleaxwater
I100 South Myrtle Avenue
Suite 220
Cleanaater, FL 33756
ACORD 25 (2010I05)
xnool
25247113
IISA
TION
$
$
$ 5,000,000
$5,000,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 1,000,000
100,000
-_,:
1,000
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELNERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLJCY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
��� � a`��
�
O 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
�
.
'
�
a
1
ADDENDUM NO. 3
' for
Clearwater Concentrate
Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1
' Clearwater, Florida
Project Number 09-0044-UT
' DATE:
SUBJECT
' TO:
1
1
1
'
'
'
1
'
'
1
'
'
'
November 8, 2011
Addendum No. 3
Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the
Contract Documents:
1) Bid requirements (Addendum 2) state that 2 Class I or Class V Deep Injection Wells must
have been completed to be qualified. Question #1: As Class V wells vary widely in nature
and depth will you express a minimum depth requirement for the two "Deep" Class V wells?
Response: There is not a minimum depth requirement for the Class V wells
stipulated in the Bid requirements as described in Addendum No. 2.
2) Is the site accessible to make a pre-bid visit to determine access, power, water, etc? Who, if
anyone, should be contacted to make arrangements? Please provide contact information.
Response: The site is an unsecure and accessible site for the Contractor to visit
and determine access, power, water, etc. Arrangements to make a
site visit are not needed, but it is the Contractor's responsibility per
the Contract Documents (Section II, Article 3).
3) What is the anticipated Notice To Proceed date for this project?
Response: Notice to proceed is currently anticipated for mid-January 2012.
4) What is the Engineer's or City's estimate for this project?
Response: The Engineer's estimate was completed for internal purposes only.
END OF ADDENDUM #3
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
B_y: /s/William B. Horne, 11
City Manager
Addendum No3-Clearwater Concentrate Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1_ll0811.doc
'
'
ADDENDUM NO. 2
' for
Clearwater Concentrate
Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1
, Clearwater, Florida
Project Number 09-0044-UT
' DATE: October 25, 2011
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2
, TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
, Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the
Contract Documents:
' 1. Supplemental and/or Amendments to Contract Documents:
A. REVISE the following item to Section Ila, Supplemental Instructions to Bidders:
With respect to paragraph 2.2 Demonstration of Required Experience, all
' references to three Class I or Class V Deep Injection Well construction projects
shall be changed to two Class I or Class V Deep Injection Well construction
projects. All other content of Section Ila remains as is in the Contract Documents.
'
'
'
'
'
IJ
'
'
END OF ADDENDUM #2
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
Bv: /s/William B. Horne. II
City Manager
' Addendum No.2-Clearwater Concentrate Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1_10251 I.doc
'
�
'
'
' ADDENDUM NO. 1
for
Clearwater Concentrate
' Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1
Clearwater, Florida
Project Number 09-0044-UT
� DATE: October 13, 2011
'
�
'
'
'
,
�
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1
TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the
Contract Documents:
1. Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting:
The Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting was held on Tuesday, October 11, 2011, at 10:00 A.M, and a
copy of the pre-bid meeting sign-in sheet may be obtained through the City's Plan House.
2. Pre-Qualification:
Sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-
qualified Contractors in the construction category of Well Construction with a minimum pre-
qualification amount of $1,000,000. It is the Contractor's responsibility to insure that they meet
the pre-qualified minimum limit, and Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project as a
General Contractor must do so finro (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date.
Please contact Alice Eckman of the City's Construction Services Department at (727) 462-6126
to complete this process. See Section I— Advertisement of Bids & Notice to Contractors for
more information.
' 3. Bid Opening:
The Bid Opening Date has been rescheduled to 1:30 PM on Thursdav, November 17,
2011.
'
'
�
�
'
�
4. Request for Information (RFI):
All RFI's must be submitted in writing either by email (robert.maueCc�mvclearwater.com) or by
fax (727-562-4755) to the attention of Robert Maue, and the RFI needs to include the
company's name, contact person, and contact information in case clarification is needed on any
issues. The last date to submit a RFI is Monday, November 7, 2011 by 5:OOpm Eastern
Standard Time (EST). All Addenda issued by the City will be sent via e-mail to all Plan Holders
through the City's Plan House. All e-mails from the plan house will be from
noticeCa�desianbidbuild.net and NOT the City of Clearwater.
Addendum No.l-Cleazwater Concentrate Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1_101311.doc
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
t
�
'
5. Bid Proposal Forms:
The Bid Proposal Forms must be complete and all quantities and costs must be filled in. Please
double check your figures. Proposal Bond — must be completely filled out with the 10% bid bond
amount.
6. Fire Hydrant Location:
A City fire hydrant may be used for make-up water and other well construction purposes.
Contractor must rent City meters and pay for all water usage at the water treatment plant site.
Please see the enclosed Existing Fire Hydrant Location Figure for potential fire hydrant location
based, and the Contractor shall verify actual fire hydrant location prior to bid opening.
7. Normal Working Hours:
Due to the proximity of residential housing adjacent to the injection well site, the Contractor shall
be limited to normal working hours of operation for this project to Monday through Friday from
7am to 7pm. Permission to work outside of these specified hours requires three (3) days
advanced written permission from the City, but the City reserves the right to deny any written
requests from the Contractor. Allowed working hours for Saturday, with City permission, is 8am
to 6pm, and allowed working hours for Sunday, with City permission, is 9am to 5pm.
8. One-Hour Injectivity Test:
The proposed injectivity test will be performed as proposed under the FDEP Underground
Injection Control Class V Injection Well System Construction Permit, in accordance with Chapter
62-528.603(5) F.A.C.
9. Supplemental and/or Amendments to Contract Documents:
A. ADD the following items to the Appendix:
1. Draft Florida Department of Environmental Protection Underground
Injection Control Class V Injection Well System Construction Permit (No. 0306496-
001-UC/5X dated October 3, 2011.
2. SDI Environmental Services Geologic Log and Testing Results at R02
Facility Deep Corehole Memorandum dated July 14, 2011.
3. Existing Fire Hydrant Location Figure.
END OF ADDENDUM #1
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
Bv: /s/William B. Horne. II
City Manager
Addendum No.l-Clearwater Concentrate Injection Deep Well Project - Phase 1_101311.doc
�
'
t
'
'
,
'
F(orida Department of
Environmenta! Protection
Southwest District Office
13051 North Telecom Parkway
Temple Terrace, Florida 33637-0926
October 3, 2011
STATE OF FLORIDA
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL
CLASS V INJECTION WELL SYSTEM
CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
' Robert S. Fahey, P.E.
Utilities Engineering Manager
City of Clearwater Pub(ic Utilities
' 1650 N. Arcturas Avenue, Building C
Clearwater, Florida 33765
robert.fahey a myclearwater.cotn
'
lJ
l� J
,
'
'
L��'
Ric�, Scntt
C�����crnur
lcnnifcr ('arr�ill
Lt. tia��rn<n�
i-lersciarl i�. �'inyarr! Ic
�ecrut,�rr�
FDEP File No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Class V, Group 9
Exploratory Well
Pinellas County
NOTICE OF DRAFT PERMIT
The Department of Environmental Protection hereby gives notice that a draft exploratory permit
has been developed for the proposed project as detailed in Permit Application No. 0306496-001-
UC/SX for the reasons stated below.
The appticant, City of Clearwater Public Utilities, applied on May 27, 201 l, to the Department
of Environmental Protection for an exploratory permit in order to obtain hydrologic and geologic
information to determine the feasibility of a Class I industrial wastewater injection well into the
Avon Park Formation. The Exploratory Well (IW-1) is located at 21 t33 U.S. l9 North
Clearwater, FL 3376.
Well IW-1 will be constructed with a 48-inch diameter steel surface casing to f70 feet bls; a 42-
inch diameter steel casing to f300 feet bls; a 32-inch diameter steel casing to f650 feet bls; and
an open hole to f1,100 feet bls.
The Department has permitting jurisdiction under Chapter 403 of the Florida Statutes (F.S.), and
Chapters 62-4, 62-528, and 62-550, of the Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.). The project is
not exempt from permitting procedures. The Department has determined that an exploratory
permit is reyuired for the proposed work.
' Pursuant to Section 403.815, F.S., and Rule 62-110.106, F.A.C., you (the applicant) are required
to publish at your own expense the enclosed Notice of Draft Permit and Request for Public
Comments. The Notice must be published one time only within thirty (30) days in the legal ad
' section of a newspaper of general circulation in the area affected. For the purpose of this rule,
"publication in a newspaper of general cireulation in the area affected" means publication in a
'
'
�, ti� ��� zl���� ,,�ts�,��_tl l�,s�
L1
'
' Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utilities Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Page 2 of 3
' newspaper meeting the requirements of Sections 50.011 and 50.031, F.S., in the county where
the activity is to take place. The applicant shall provide proof of publication to the Department's
Southwest District Oflfice within seven (7) days of publication. Failure to publish the notice and
' provide proof of publication within the allotted time may result in the denial of the permit.
'
'
,
'
'
,
�
,
,
'
'
�
'
'
'
The Department wilt accept public comment concerning this proposed permit action for a
minimum of thirty (30) days fot(owing publication of this Notice. A public meeting must be
held in the area of the well no less than thirty (30) days after publication of this Notice for the
purpose of receiving verbal and written comment concerning this project. Comments received
within the 30-day period and during the public meeting will be considered by the Department in
formulating a final decision concerning this project. A location, date, and time for the public
meeting must be arranged prior to publication of this Notice. Please contact Bill Kelsey at (8l 3)
632-7600, extension 421, to arrange for the public meeting.
Executed in Hillsborough County, Florida.
STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT
OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT[ON
J ' S. Greenwell, P.E.
W r Facilities Administrator
Southwest District
�
'
' Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utilities Permit No. 0306496-0O1-UC/SX
Page 3 of 3
'
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
' The undersigned duly designated deputy clerk hereby certifies that this NOTICE OF DRAFT
PERMIT and all copies were mailed before the close of business on October 3, 20l t to the
persons listed below.
,
'
�
,
'
'
,
�
�
'
�
'
L1
'
'
FILING AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT
FILED on this date, pursuant to § 120.52,
Florida Statutes, with the designated
Department Clerk, receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged.
Clerk
Copies Furnished To:
10-3-11
Date
Joe Haberfeld, FDEP-Tallahassee, 'oi e.t�aberfeld(a%dep.state.tl.us
George Heuler, FDEP-Tallahassee, �eorge.heuler(c�dep.state.fl.us
Rommy Lahera, FDEP-SWD, rommy.lahera(u�clep.stat�.fl.us
Jeff Greenwell, FDEP-SWD, jet�. reenwell ci7dep.statc.fl.us
Jeffrey M. Trommer, Leggette, Brashears & Graham, lnc., jtrommer�lb�tampa.corn
Robert Maue, City of Clearwater, robert.mauc��myclearwater.com
David N. Arnold, SWFWMD, DavidN.Arnold�swfwmdstate.fl.us
Nancy Marsh, UIC/US EPA-Region 4, marsh.n��nc + c,eUa.�;ov
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
,
,
�
1
'
'
'
'
'
Florida Department of
Environmental Protection
Southwest District Office
13051 North Telecom Parkway
Temple Terrace, Florida 33637-0926
Robert S. Fahey, P.E.
Utilities Engineering Manager
City of Clearwater Public Utilities
1650 N. Arcturas Avenue, Building C
Clearwater, Florida 33765
robert.fahey�n,myclearwater com
Enclosed is Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX to
hydrologic and geologic information to dete
wastewater injection well into the Avon Park Fi
Florida Statutes. Any party to this Or r(pen
permit pursuant to 5ection 120.68, Flori u
to Rule 9.110, Florida Rules of Appellat
Office of General Counsel, 3900 Comm wc
Florida 32399-3000, and by filing a copy of �
filing fees with the appro istrict Cou
within 30 days from th te t tice is filed
Executed in Hi
ttirl. sc�,i�
c;��ven,ur
Icainifcr i'arr��ll
L�. ! iu� ern��r
I Irr.�hrl T. �"in��ard Jr.
Scrreitir�
FDEP File No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Class V, Group 9
Exploratory Wel
Pinellas Count
loratory well i r to obtain
'ty of a Cl I industrial
,d pursuant to Section �03.087(1),
t to seek judicial review of the
� a Notice of Appeal pursuant
�e f the Department in the
�d, , il Station 35, Tallahassee,
�accompanied by the applicable
Notice of Appeal must be filed
of the Department.
STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT
OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
UNDERGROUND INJECTION
CONTROL PROGRAM
Jeffry S. Greenwell, P.E.
Water Facilities Administrator
Southwest District
�s �, sr J�y, ,s�urr /1 rr,
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
i
'
r
�
�
�
�
�
�
PROJECT: City of Clearwater Public Utilities PERMIT NO. 030649b-001-UC/SX
Page 2 of 2
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
The undersigned duly designated deputy clerk hereby certifes that this Notice of Permit and all
copies were mailed before the close of business on the persons listed
below.
Clerk Stamp
FILING AND ACKNO
FILED on this date, pur�
Statutes, with the des�g�i
which is hereby acl�t��'��
� � __
Clerk
Copies Furnished To:
Joe Haberfeld, FDEP-Tallahassee, ',�oe.
George Heuler, FDEP-Tallah�ssee, ge�
��.,.,..
Rommy Lahera, FDEP-$,,
JeffGreenwell, FDEP �D, "e e+
Jeffrey M. Tromm ,� �� � tte, I3r ��� e�
Robert Maue, City of Ci ��� ter, �
David N. Arno FW
Nancy Ma,� � � � � A-[� �� � �.
1�1ENT
20.52(11), Florida
� �nt clerk, receipt of
..-
�
�II c�7de tatc.fl.us
& Grah� �,�,tc., itrornmer(c�lbgt�n�p�.co�n
'
'
'
1
'
�
'
�J
'
'
'
'
L�
'
'
'
'
'
'
Florida Department of
Environmental Protection
Southwest District O�ce
13051 North Telecom Parkway
Temple Terrace, Florida 33637-0926
STATE OF FLORIDA
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL
CLASS V, GROUP 9, EXPLORATORY WELL
CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
PERMITTEE
Robert S. Fahey, P.E.
Utilities Engineering Manager
City of Clearwater Public Utilities
1650 N. Arcturas Avenue, Building C
Clearwater, Florida 33765
robert.fahe re,myclearwater.com
Rick Scntt
G��vern«r
Jcnrtifier ('sre�>li
Lt. Gmcrn�:�r
Fi�r4chel l� �'inyru�d !r
Sec��rt:tr�}
PERMIT/CERTIFICATION
Permit File No.: 0306496-001-UC/SX
WACSID: 99652
Date of ��i►ance:
Pinellas
�� ' Class V, Group 9,
Exploratory Well
� ,. Pernifi�E_�'�ocessor: Bill Kelsey, P.G.
FACILITY ,- .
Reverse Osmosis Plant No. 2 ,i r PRUJECT LOCATION
21133 U.S. 19 North ' Section/Township Sec. 17/ T29S / R16E
• �� " /Range:
Clearwater, FL 33765 � s Latitude: 27° 57' S2.95" N
Longitude: 82° 43' 39.3" W
This permit is issued under the p`rovisions of Chapter 403, Florida Statutes, and Rules 62-4,
62-528, and 62-550 of the Florida Administrative Code. The above-named permittee is hereby
authorized to perform the work or operate the facility shown on the application and other
documents attached hereto or on file with the Department and made a part hereof specifically
described as follows:
TO CONSTRUCT: One Class V, Group 9, Exploratory Wetl (IW-1) in order to obtain
hydrologic and geologic information to determine the feasibility of a Class I industrial
wastewater injection well into the Avon Park Formation, approximately 1,100 feet below land
surface (bls). The well will be constructed with a 48-inch diameter steel surface casing to f70
feet bls; a 42-inch diameter steel casing to f300 feet bls; a 32-inch diameter steel casing to f650
feet bls; and an open hole to f 1,100 feet bis.
IN ACCORDANCE WITH: The Application to Construct DEP Form No.�62-528.900(1)
submitted by the City of Clearwater Public Utilities with sut�icient fee on May 27, 201 l, with
�e�,a�s,�.�/c�/�..�Yn�c�.11 r�,��
�
,
'
,
�
'
Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utilities
Permit No. 0306496-0O1-UC/SX
Page 2 of 8
accompanying supporting documentation and additional information submitted through August
5, 2011.
TO SERVE: City of Clearwater, Reverse Osmosis Plant No. 2.
1. General Requirements
a. This permit is valid only for the specific processes and operations apptied for and
, indicated in the approved drawings or exhibits. Any unauthorized deviation from the
approved drawings, exhibits, specifications, or conditions of this permit may constitute
grounds for revocation and enforcement actian.
LJ
'
b. This permit does not relieve the permittee from liability for harm to human health or
we(fare, animal, or plant life, or property caused by the construction or operation of this
permitted source, or from penalties therefrom; nor does it allow the permittee to cause
pollution in contravention of Ftorida Statutes and Department rules, unless specifically
authorized by an order from the Department.
' a If, far any reason, the permittee daes not comply with'or will be unable to comply with
any condition or timitation specified in this �ermit, the permittee shall immediately
provide the Department with the following infortnation:
'
�
'
�
1) A description of and cause of noncompliance; and
2) The period of noncompliance, including dates and times; or, if not corrected the
anticipated time the noneomptiance is expected to continue, and steps being taken to
reduce, eliminate, an�i prevent the recurrence of the noncompliance. The permittee
shall be responsible for any anc! all damages which may result and may be subject to
enforcement action by the Department for penalties or for revocation of this permit.
d. All reports and other submittals required to comply with this permit shall be signed by a
person authorized under Rules 62-528.340(1) or (2), F.A.C. All reports shall contain the
certification required in Rule 62-528.340(4), F.A.C.
e. Proper operation and maintenance includes effective performance, adequate funding,
' adequate operator staffing and training, and adequate laboratory and process controls,
including appropriate quality assurance procedures.
'
'
'
'
'
f. No underground injection is allowed that causes or allows movement of fluid into an
undergcound source of drinking water if such fluid movement may cause a violation of
any primary drinking water standard or may otherwise adversely affect the health of
persons.
g. If historical or archaeotogical artifacts, such as Indian cances, are discovered at any time
within the project site, the permittee shall notify the Department's Southwest District
Ofiice and the Bureau of Historic Preservation, Division of Archives, History and
Page 2 of 8
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
,
�
,
Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utilities
Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Page 3 of 8
Records Management, R.A. Gray Building, Tallahassee, Florida 32301, telephone (850)
487-2073.
The permittee is reminded of the necessity to comply with the pertinent regutations of
any other regulatory agency, as well as any county, municipal, and federal regulations
applicable to the project. This permit should not be construed to imply compliance with
the rutes and regulations of other regulatory agencies.
i. An exploratory well may be converted to a monitor well or a test injection well if the
permit has been obtained. [f the permittee intends to apply for a permit to convert the
exploratory to a test injection well, the exploratory well shall be constructed to meet all
the applicable well construction standards contained in Chapter 62-528, F.A.C.
2. Site Requirements
a. A drilling pad shall be provided to collect spillage of contaminants and to suppart the
heaviest load that will be encountered during drilling.
b. The disposal of drilling fluids, cuttings, formation watec or waste shall be in a sound
environmental manner that avoids viol�ti�n of surface and ground water quality
standards. The disposal method shall be approved by the Department prior to start of
construction.
c. Provide specific temporary drilling pad dimensions and design drawings for Department
record prior to commencing canstruction and shortly aRer selection of the drilling
contractor.
d. Hurricane Preparedn�,ss - Upon the issuance of a"Hurricane Watch" by the National
' Weather Service, the preparations to be made include, but are not necessarily limited to,
the following:
IJ
�
L__ 1
' 3.
'
'
��
1) Secure all on-site salt and other stockpiled additive materials to prevent surface
and/or ground water contamination.
2) Properly secure drilling equipment and rig(s) to prevent damage to well(s) and on-site
treatment process equipment.
e. The water table monitoring wells surrounding the exploratory well pad shall be sampled
and analyzed prior to drilling the exploratory well and then weekly thereafter. Sampling
shall include specific conductance, pH, chloride temperature, and water level.
Quality Assurance/Quality Control Requirements
a. This permit approval is based upon evatuation of the data contained in the permit
application and the plans and/or specifications submitted in support of the application.
Page 3 of 8
�
,
,
'
,
�
'
,
'
'
,
'
Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utitities
Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Page 4 of S
� 4.
,
IJ
�
,
,
'
LJ
Any changes in the plans and/or technical specifcations, except as provided elsewhere in
this permit, must be approved by the Department before being imptemented.
b. A professional engineer registered pursuant to Chapter 471, F(orida Statutes, shall be
retained throughout the construction period to be responsibte for the construction
operation and to certify the application, specifications, completion report and other
related documents. The Department shall be notified immediately of any change of
engineer.
c. Where required by Chapter 471 (P.E.) or Chapter 492 (P.G.), Florida Statutes, appticable
portions of permit applications and supporting documents that are submitted to the
Department for public record shall be signed and sealed by the professional(s) who
approved or prepared them.
d. The Department shall be notified immediately of any problems that may seriously hinder
compliance with this permit, construction progress, or good construction practice. The
Department may require a detailed written report describing the problem, remedial
measures taken to assure compliance and measures taken to prevent recurrence of the
problem.
e. Continuous on-site supervision by qualified personnel (engineer and/or geologist, as
applicable) is required during ali testin� and geophysical logging operations.
f. The issuance of this Class V Fxploratory well perrnit does not obligate the Department to
authorize operational testing of the injection well, unless the well qualifies for a
construction and testing .permit apntied for by the permittee and issued by the
Department.
Constructioa and Testing Requirements
a. The well authorized under this permit shall be constructed and plugged back by a Florida
licensed water well contractor. Prior to the commencement of any work, the name of the
Florida-licensed driller(s) supervising the drilling operations and the driller's registration
number shall be submitted to the Department. The permittee or the engineer of record
shail provide the Department with copies of all required federal, state or local permits
prior to driiling the weli.
b. If any problem develops that may seriously hinder compliance with this permit,
construction progress or good construction practice, the Department shall be notified
immediately. The Department may require a detailed written report describing what
probtems have occurred, the remedial measures applied to assure compliance and the
measures taken to prevent recurrence of the problem.
c. Department review and approval is required prior to the intermediate and final casing seat
selection. Annotated copies of geophysical logs, lithologic deseriptions and logs and
Page 4 of 8
L_J
,
,
'
LJ
�
�
�
'
Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utilities
Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Page 5 of 8
' S.
�
I�
,
water quality data (from drilling and packer tests) must be submitted to the Department in
support of the proposed intermediate and final casing seat selection.
d. The cementing program, as reyuired in Rute 62-528.410(5), F.A.C., shall be submitted to
the Department and the Southwest Florida Water Management District for review.
Cementing operations shall not commence prior to approval being granted.
e. A natural background ground-water quality sample shall be obtained from the
exploratory well for primary and secondary standards (Rules 62-550.310 and .320,
F.A.C.), excluding asbestos, dioxin, acrylamide and epichlorohydrin. The samp(e shall
also be tested for minimum criteria for municipal effluent. "Natural background" means
the condition of waters in the absence of man-induced alterations based on the best
scientific information available to the Department (Rule 62-520.200(l2}, F.A.C.). The
samples shall be taken after final completion and clearance of drilling fluids from the
wetl.
f. All dual induction, sonic, and caliper geophysical la�s run on the pilot holes of the
exploratory well shall be submitted with scales v� one inch equals one hundred feet
(1"=100'), two inches equals hundred feet (2"=100'), and,five inches equals one hundred
feet (5 "_ ( 00').
Reporting Requirements
a. This project shall be monitored by the Departme�lt with the assistance of the Technical
Advisory Committee (TAC). Al) reports �nd surveys required by this permit must be
submitted concurrently to ull the members of the TAC. The TAC consists of
representatives from these agencies:
Florida Department of Enviroru��ental Protection
Southwest District - U!C Program
13051 North Telecom Parkway
Tempic Terrace, Florida 33637-0926
Florida Department of Environmental Protection
� Underground Injection Control Program
2600 Blair Stone Road, MS 3530
Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400
�
'
�
'
,
Southwest Florida Water Management District
Well Construction Permitting
2379 Broad Street
Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899
b. During the construction period allowed by this permit, daily progress reports shall be
submitted to the Department and the Technical Advisory Committee each week. The
Page 5 of 8
s
�
'
'
,
'
,
'
,
'
Permittee: City of Ctearwater Pubtic Utilities
Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Page 6 of 8
reporting period shall run for seven (7) days and reports shall be maited or emailed witliin
48 hours of the last day of the reporting period. The report shall include, but is not
limited to, the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
$)
9)
10)
11)
A cover letter summarizing each week's activities and a projection of activities for
the next reporting period;
Description of daily footage drilled by diameter of bit or size of hole opener or
reamer being used;
Description of work during instaltation and cementing of casing, including amounts
of casing and cement used, amount of salt and depth used;
Lithologic log with cuttings description, formation and depth encountered;
Collection of drilling cuttings every 10 feet and at every formation change;
Water quality analyses;
Description of work and type of testing accomplished including geophysical logging
and pumping tests;
Description of any construction problems that developed during the reporting period
and current status;
Copies of the driller's log are to be submitted with thc weekly summary; and
Description of any deviation survey conducted; and
Details of any packer tests, pump tests and core analyses.
' c. The Department must be notified seventy-t�vo (72) hour prior to all testing for
mechanical integrity on the exploratory welE. '1'esting should begin during daylight hours
Monday through Friday.
'
�
�
�
d. Explaratory Well AP-1 Existing Construction and Exploratory Deepening Specifications:
Well Name Casing Diameter [OD] / Depth* Open Hole Interval Formation
IW-1 4$" steel / 70' Tampa Member
42" steel / 300" Suwannee Ls
Ocala Ls
32" steel / 650' 650-1,100' Ocala Ls
Avon Park Fm
� oeiow iana surtace
e. Upon completion of construction of the exploratory well, detailed in this permit, a
, complete set of as-built engineering drawings (Florida-licensed Professional Engineer.
signed and sealed) shall be submitted to the Department.
'
'
,
�
Within 30 days of well completion of the exploratory well, the permittee or the
authorized representative shall submit to the Department the following information:
1) Certification of Class V Well Construction Completion, DEP Form 62-528.900(4);
Page 6 of 8
�
�
,
'
'
�
'
,
'
'
'
Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utilities
Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
Page 7 of 8
2) A copy of the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD)
Application to Construct, Repair, Modify or Abandon a Well (Form 41.10-410(1)
Rev. 4/95); and
3) A copy of the SWFWMD Well Comptetion Report (Form 41.10-410(2) Rev. 6/95).
g. The permittee shall provide copies of all correspondence relative to this permit to each
member of the TAC. Such correspondence includes but is not limited to reports,
schedules, analyses and geophysical logs required by the Department under the terms of
this pe�mit. The permittee is not required to provide specific correspondence to any TAC
member who submits to the permittee a written request to be omitted as a recipient of
specific correspondence.
h. After completion of construction and testing, a final engineering report shall be submitted
to the Department and the TAC. The report shall include, but not be limited to, all
information and data collected under Rules 62-528.605, 62-528.615, and 62-528.635,
F.A.C., with appropriate interpretations. Mill ce�ttificates for the casings shall be
inctuded in the report. To the extent possible, the transmissivity of the injection zone and
the maximum capacity within safe pressure limits shall be estirnated.
i. After completion of construction and tes�ing, the tollowing items shall be submitted to
the State Geologist at the Florida Geological Survey, 903 West Tennessee Street,
Tall�hassee, Florida 32304-7707:
1) Cuttings obtained during well constructian;
� 2) Any cores obtained durin� well construction when no longer needed by the permittee;
3) Any geophysical logs run durin� wetl construction; and
4) A copy of the final engineering rcpart descr�bed in Specific Condition S.h. above.
�
'
LJ
�l
'
'
'
'
j. Upon completion of analysis of cores and sample cuttings recovered during the
construction of wells covered by this permit (when no longer needed by the well owner),
the permittee shall contact the Geological & Geotechnical Data Acquisition Program of
the Florida Geological Survey (FGS) to arrange for the transfer of the cores and cuttings.
The FGS shall also be contacted to arrange for the collection of 100 ml water samples,
with nitric acid preservative for metal analysis, at the end of each packer test (where
sufficient water is available) and aquifer background sample collection events.
k. All cores, cuttings, and water samples shall be shipped to the Florida Geological Survey,
Geological & Geotechnical Data Acquisition Program, 3915 Commonwealth Boulevard,
Tallahassee, Florida 32399. All cores and samples shall clearly identify the site name,
well name/number, depths of samples/cores, and the latitude/longitude location of the
well(s) using the form in this permit.
6. Signatories and Certificatioe Requirements
Page 7 of 8
I'�
'
'
1
'
,
'
'
�
�
�
'
'
'
�
,
�
�
i
Permittee: City of Clearwater Public Utilities
Permit No. 0306496-00 t -UC/SX
Page 8 of 8
a. All reports and other submittats required to comply with this permit shall be signed by a
person authorized under Rules 62-528.340(1) or (2), F.A.C.
b. In accordance with Rule 62-52$.340(4), F.A.C., all reports shall contain the following
certification:
I certify under penalty of law that this document and atl attachments
were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a
system designed to assure that quatified personnel properly gather
and evaluate the information submitted. Based upon my inquiry of
the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons
directty responsible for gathering the information, the information
submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate
and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for
submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and
imprisonment for knowing viotations.
7. General Conditions
The permittee shall be aware of and operate under General Conditions Rule 62-528.307(1)(a)
through (x), F.A.C. General Conditions are binding�.upon the permittee and enforceable
pursuant to Chapter 403, Florida Statutes.
S'TA1'I', OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT
Oi+ ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Jeffry S. Greenwelt, P.E.
Water Facilities Administrator
Southwest District
Attachment: Rules 62-528.307(1)(a) through (x)
Page 8 of 8
■
'
'
' 62-528.3A7 Underground Injection Control: General Conditions for Permits.
The following general conditions shall be included in each of the respective types of underground injection control
permits.
' (I) All UIC Permits.
(a) The terms, conditions, requirements, limitations and restrictions set forth in this permit are "permit
conditions" and are binding and enforceablo pursuant to Section 403.141, F.S.
' (b) This permit is valid onty for the specific processes and operations applied for and indicated in the approved
drawings or exhibits. Any unauthorized deviation from the approved drawings, exhibits, specifications, or conditions
of this permit may constitute grounds for revocation and enforcement action.
(c) As provided in Section 403.087(7), F.S., the issuance of this permit dces not convey any vested rights or
' exclusive privileges. Neither dces it authorize any injury to public or private property or any invasion of personal
rights, nor infringement of federal, state, or local laws or regulations. This permit is not a waiver of or approval of
any other Department permit that may be required for other aspects of ihe total project which are not addressed in
' this permit.
(d) This permit conveys no title to land, water, dces not constitute State recognition or acknowledgment of title,
and does not constitut� suthority for the use of submerged lands unless herein provided and the necessary title or
leasehoid interests have been obtsined from the State. Only the Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund
' may express State opinion as to tide.
(e) This permit dces not relieve the permittee from tiability for harm to human health or welfare, animal, or
plant life, or property caused by the construction or operation of this permitted source, or from penalties therefrom;
� nor dces it allow the permittec to cause pnllution in cantravention of Florida Statutes and Department rules, unless
specifically suthorized by an order from the Department.
(fl The permittee shall properly operate and maintain the f$cility and systems of treatment and control (and
related appurtenances) that are installed and used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this
' permit, or are required by Department rules. This provision includes the operation of backup or suxiliary facilities or
similar systems when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit and when required by
Department rules.
' (g) The permittee, by accepting this permit, specifically agrees to allow authorized Department personnel, upon
presentation of credentials or other documents as may be required by law and at reasonable times, access to the
premises where the permitted activity is located or conducted to:
' l. Have access to and copy any records that must be kept under conditions of this permit;
2. Inspect the facility, equipment, practices, or operations regulated or required under this permit; and
3. Sample or monitor any substances or parameters at any tocation reasonably necessary to assure compliance
with this permit or Department rules. Reasonable time will depend on the nature of the concern being investigated.
' (h) If, for any reason, the permittee does not comply with or wiU be unable to comply with any condition or
limitation specified in this permit, the permittee shall immediately provide the Department with the following
information:
' 1. A description of and cause of noncompliance; and
2. The period of noncompliance, including dates and times; or, if not corrected the anticipated time the
noncompliance is expected to continue, and steps being taken to reduce, eliminate, and prevent the recurrence of the
noncompliance. The permittee shall be responsible for any and all damages which may result and may be subject to
� enforcement action by the Department for penalties or for revocation of this permit.
(i) In accepting this pertnit, the permittee understands and agrees that all records, notes, monitoring data and
other information relating to the construction or operation of this permitted source which aro submitted to the
' Department may be used by the Department as evidence in any enforcement case involving the permitted source
arising under the Ftorida Statutes or Department rules, except where such use is proscribed by Sections 403.111 and
403.73, F.S. S�h evidence shall only be used to the extent it is consistent with the Florida Rules of Civil Procedure
' and appropriate evidentiary rules.
(j) The permittee agrees to comply with changes in Department Rules and Florida Statutes after a reasonable
'
�
,
�
� _J
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
�J
,
,
,
time for compliance; provided, however, the permittee does not waive any other rights granted by Florida Statutes or
Department Rules.
(k) This permit is transferable only upon Department approval in accordance with Rules 62-4.120 and 62-
528.350, F.A.C. The permittee shall be tiable for any non-compliance of the permitted activity until the transfer is
approved by the Department.
(l) This permit or a copy thereof shall be kept at the work site of the permitted activity.
(m) The permittee shali comply with the following:
1. Upon request, the permittee sha(I furnish atl records and plans required under Department Rules. During
enforcement actions, the retention period for all records shall be extended automatically unless the Department
determines that the records are no longer required.
2. The permittee shall hold at the facility or other location designated by this permit records of all monitoring
information (including calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous
monitoring instrumentation) required by the permit, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of all
data used to complete the appiication for this permit. These materials shall be retained at least three years from the
date of the sample, measurement, roport, or application unless otherwise specified by Department Rule.
3. Records of monitoring information shall include:
a. 'i'he date, exact place, and time of sampiing or measurements;
b. The person responsible for performing the sampling or measurements;
c. The dates analyses were performed;
d. T'he person responsiblo for performing the analyses;
e. The analyticat techniques or methods used;
f. The results of such analyses.
4. The permittee shal) furnish to the Department, within the time requested in writing, any information which
the Department requests to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this
permit, or to determine compliance with this permit.
5. [f the permittee becomes aware that re(evant facts were not submitted or were incorrect in the permit
application or in any report to the Department, such facts or information shall be corrected promptly.
(n) All applications, reports, or information required by the Department shall be certified as being true, accurate,
and complete.
(o) RepoRs of compliance or noncompliance with, or any progress reports on, requirements contained in any
compliance schedule of this permit shall be submitted no later than 14 days following each scheduled date.
(p) Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the Safe Drinking Water Act and is grounds for
enforcement action; for permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or for denial of a permit
renewal application.
(q) It shalt not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or
reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit.
(r) The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or correct any adverse impact on the environment
resulting from noncompliance with this permit.
(s) This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated for cause, as provided in 40 C.F.R.
Sections 144.39(a), 144.40(a), and 144.41 (1998). The filing of a request by the permittee for a permit modification,
revocation or reissuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance, does not
stay any permit condition.
(t) The permittee shall retain alt records of all monitoring information concerning the nature and composition of
injected fluid until five years after completion of any plugging and abandonment procedures specified under Rule
62-528.435, F.A.C. The permittee shall deliver the records to the Department office that issued the permit at the
conclusion of the rotention period unless the permittee elects to continue retention of the records.
(u) All reports and other submittals required to comply with this permit shall be signed by a person suthoriud
under subseetion 62-528.340(1) or (2), F.A.C. All reports shall contain the certification required in subsection 62-
528.340(4), F.A.C.
C'�
i
' (v) The permittee shall notify the Department as soon as possible of any planned physical alterations or
additions to the permitted facility. In addition, prior approval is required for activities described in paragraph 62-
528.410(lxh), F.A.C.
' (w) T'he permittee shali give advance notice to the Department of any pl�ned changes in the permitted facility
or injection activity which may result in noncompliance with permit requirements.
(x) The permittee shall report any noncompliance which may endanger health or the environment including:
' 1. Any monitoring or other information which indicates that any contaminant may cause an endangerment to an
underground source of drinking water, or
2. Any noncompliance with a permit condition or malfunction of the injection system which may cause fluid
migration into or between underground sources of drinking water.
' Any information shall be provided orally within 24 hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the
circumstances. A written submission shall also be provided within 5 days of the time the permittee becomes aware
of the circumstances. The written submission shall contain a description of the noncompliance and its cause, the
, period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the
anticipated time it is expected to continue; and the steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent
reoccurrence of the noncompliance.
�
'
'
'
'
,
'
I��
L�
'
,
'
'
�
�
'
,
,
�
�
,
,
,
'
'
�
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
FDEP Underground Injection Control Program Sample Form
(Cores/Cuttings/Formation Water)
Wetl Name:
Weil T e circle one Ciass I Class V Ex lorato Monitorin
Date Collected: Date sent to FGS:
Sample type (circle one) Core Cuttin s Formation Water
Preservative used — if formation water sample —(circle one)
Nitric n/a Other (describe)
Datum and elevation: Sample Interval:
Elevation method (circle one)
Survey USGS Quadran�le Other(describe)
Sample Interval Drilling Method (circle one) � � � ���
Reverse Air Mud Rotary �onic/Acoustic Other �describe)
Well Coordinates ° , "` N / . ° _ � ° W
--
Method (circle one) AGPS �hand held __ DGPS (GPS survey� Map Derived
FDEP Permit Number:
--- _ -_r.
Facility Name:
�-- ---- --
_-- -- _ _
Permittee (owner):
----
Facility Add[ess;
Drilling Gompany: ' _( Lead Dritler:
----- -
Project Geoloqist: __ J Consulting Company:
�
'
�
'
'
'
,
,
'
�
�
�
STATE OF FLORIDA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
NOTICE OF DRAFT PERMIT AND REQUEST FOR PUBLIC COMMENTS
The Department of Environmental Protection hereby gives notice that a draft exploratory permit
has been developed for the proposed project as detailed in Permit Application No. 0306496-001-
UC/SX for the reasons stated below.
The applicant, City of Clearwater Public Utilities, 1650 N. Arcturas Avenue, Building C,
Clearwater, Florida 33765, appiied on May 27, 2011, to the Department of Environmental
Protection for an exploratory permit in order to obtain hydrologic and geologic information to
determine the feasibility of a Class I industrial wastewater injection well (IW-1) into the Avon
Park Formation of the Floridan aquifer.
Under this permit the exploratory wetl IW-1 will be constructed with a 48-inch diameter steel
surface casing to f70 feet bls; a 42-inch diameter steel casing to f300 feet bls; a 32-inch
diametcr steel casing to f650 feet bls; and an open hole to f1,100 feet bls. Exploratory well IW-
1 will be located at 21133 U.S. 19 North, Clearwater, Florida 33756.
The Department has permitting jurisdiction under Chapter 403 of the Florida Statutes (F.S.) and
Chapters 62-4, and 62-528 of the Florida Administrutive Code (F.A.C.). Thc projcct is not
exempt from permitting procedures. The Department has determined that an expioratory permit
is required for the proposed work.
The application, draft permit, and fact sheet are avaitable for public inspection during normat
business hours, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (except legal holidays), at the
Department of Environmental Protection, Southwest District Office, 13051 North Telecom
Parkway, Temple Terrace, Florida 33637-0926.
' The Department wip accept public comment concerning the draft permit for a minimum of 30
days following publication of the Notice of Draft Permit and Request for Public Comments.
Public comment shali be received up to 5:00 p.m. on the day of the public meeting, as provided
' below. Public notice is pursuant to Section 403.815, Florida Statutes, and Rule 62-110.106(12),
F.A.C. A public meeting will be held on , 2011, at
[time] at [locationJ , Florida, for the purpose of receiving
, oral and written comments concerning this project. Please contact Bill Kelsey, P.G., at 813-632-
7600, ext. 421, for additional infonnation concerning this project. Comments can be mailed to
the Department of Environmental Protection, Southwest District Office, Bilt Kelsey, P.G., 13051
North Telecom Parkway, Temple Terrace, Florida 33637-0926. After the conclusion of the
' public comment period and public meeting described above, the Department may revise the
conditions of the permit based on such public comment.
'
'
'
�J
�
�
'
'
'
FACTSHEET
City of Clearwater Exploratory Well
Permit No. 0306496-001-UC/SX
September 22, 20l I
A permit for the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Class V, Group 9, Exploratory Well.
, l. Generallnformation
,
,
A. The Department has permitting jurisdiction under Chapter 403 Florida Statues (F.S.), and
Rules 62-4, 62-528 and 62-550, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.). The project is not
exempt from permitting procedures. The Department has determined that an exploratory
well permit is required.
B. Name and Address of Applicant
, Robert S. Fahey, P.E.
Utilities Engineering Manager
City of Clearwater Public Utilities
� 1650 N. Aroturas Avenue, Building C
Clcarwatcr, Florida 33765
robert. fahey�a,myc learwater.com
� C. Description of Applicant's Operation
This permit will allow construction and testing of one Class V, Group 9, exploratory well
' (IW-1) at the City of Clearwater Water Treatment Plant No. 2(WTP), located at 21133 U.S.
19 North, Clearwater, Florida, 33765. The objective of the test well is to obtain hydrologic
and geologic information to determine the feasibility of a Class I industrial wastewater
' injection well (IW-1) into the Avon Park Formation of the Floridan aquifer. IW-1 will be
constructed with a 48-inch steel surface casing to f70 feet below land surface (bls); a 42-
inch steel casing to f300 feet bls; a 32-inch steel casing to f650 feet b(s; and an open hole to
� f1,100 feet bls. Exploratory well IW-1 will be located at latitude/longitude: 27°57'S2" /
82°43'39"
, D. Permitting History of this Facility
This is the first permit for the facility.
' E. Documents Used in Permitting Decision
1) Response to incompleteness items, Leggette, Brashears, & Graham, [nc., August 5,
' 201 l .
2) Construction Permit for a Class V Exploratory Well, May 2011.
,
'
'
_ �
,
'
'
�
,
,
'
2. Reasons Permit Was Issued; Derivation of Conditions
A. Mechanical Integrity Demonstration
Not required by Chapter 62-528.300(6), F.A.C. for Class V wells. .
B. Confinement (Rule 62-528.405(2), F.A.C.)
The Avon Park Formation provides confinement in a several hundred foot thick sequence of
limestone and dolomite in the region. The dolomite contains interstitial gypsum and is
referred to as the middle confining unit of the Floridian aquifer. This unit is expected to be
present between approximately 600 and 800 feet bls.
C. Injection Zone Testing
Beneath the confining unit, after its delineation and testing, the injection zone will undergo
, several tests during construction. These tests include geophysical logging, straddle-packer
testing, coring ofthe pilot hole, pump tests and a one hour injection test. See Document 1
for details.
'
'
,
�
'
,
,
r
,
'
'
D. Underground Source of Drinking Water (Rule 62-528.405(1)(a), F.A.C.)
The base of the lowermost Underground Source of Drinking Water (USDW) at this location,
where total dissolved solids (TDS) concentration is less than 10,000 mg/L, is expected to be
found at a depth of approximately 400 feet b(s. See Document 3 for details. Tests for
USDW determination will include geophysical logging, straddle-packer testing, and coring
of the pilot hole.
E. Well Construction
Proposed:
48" steel, .375" thick to 70' bts
42" steel to 300' bls
32" steel to 650' bls
F. Monitor Plan
None required at this time
G. Financial Responsibility
Not required by Chapter 62-528, F.A.C. for Class V wells.
H. Emergency Disposal
Not required by Chapter 62-528, F.A.C. for Class V wells.
2
�
,
,
,
'
,
,
�
�
3. Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) Recommendation
TAC recommended approval of the exploratory permit.
4. Public Rights (Rules 62-528.310, 62-528.315, 62-528.325, F.A.C.)
The Department will accept pub(ic comment concerning the draft petmit for a minimum of 30
days fo(lowing publication of the Notice of Draft Permit. Public comment shall be received up
to S p.m. of the day of the public meeting, as listed below. Public notice is pursuant to section
403.815, F.S., and Rule 62-I 10.106(12), F.A.C. A public meeting will be held on ------2011 at --
-- AM -------- Florida for the purpose of receiving oral and written comments concerning this
project. Comments received within the 30-day period and during the public meeting will be
considered by the Department in formulating a final decision concerning this project. Please
contact Bill Kelsey, P.G., at 813-632-7600, ext. 421 for additionai information concerning this
project. Comments can be mailed to the Department of Environmentat Protection, Southwest
District O�ce, 13051 N. Telecom Parkway, Temple Tercace, Florida 33673-0926.
After the conclusion of the public comment period and public meeting described above, the
� Department may revise the conditions af the permit based on such public comment. Then the
applicant will publish Notice of the Proposed Agency Action. A person whose substantial
interests are affected by the Department's proposed permitting decision may petition for an
' administrative proceeding (hearing). Accordingty, the Department's final action may be
different from the position taken by it in the Notice of Proposed Agency Action.
�
I
�
,
'
'
'
��
'
The petition must conform to the requirements specified in the Notice and be ftled (received)
within 14 days of publication of the Notice in the Department's Office of General Counsel, MS
35, 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Tal(ahassee, Florida 32399-3000. The failure of any
person to file a petition within the appropriate time period shalt constitute a waiver of that
person's right to request an administrative determination (hearing) under sections 120.569 and
120.57 of the Florida Statutes, or to intervene in this proceeding and participate as party to it.
Any subsequent intervention (in a proceeding initiated by another p�rty) will only be at the
discretion of the presiding officer upon the filing of a motion in compliance with rule 28-5.207
of the Florida Administrative Code.
The application and draft permit are availab(e for public inspection during normal business
hours, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except legai holidays, at the Department
of Environmental Protection, Southwest District Office, 13051 N. Telecom Parkway, Temple
Terrace, Florida 33673-0926.
5. Department of Environmental Protection Contact
Bill Kelsey, P.G.,
Florida Department of Environmentat Protection
13051 N. Telecom Parkway
Temple Terrace, Florida 33673-0926
Phone: 813-632-7600, ext. 421
s
,
�
� �' '�
v ��
'
'
�
'
,
,
'
L�
�
�
'
,
,
,
,
�
'
TO:
CC:
FROM:
DATE:
RE:
SDI Environmental Services, Inc.
3903 Premier tVorth Drive, Tampa, FL 33618; (813) 961-1935
MEMORANDUM
Rob Maue, P.E. and Jeff Trommer, P.G.
Rob Fahey, P.E., Nan Bennett, P.E., Dave Wiley, P.G.
Cathleen Beaudoin Jonas, P.G. and John Palmer, P.G.
July 14, 2011
Geologic Log and Testing Results at R02 Facility Deep Corehole. City
Project No. 10-0033-UT. SDI Project CLF-030.
As part of the R02 Wellfield Permitting and Development Project, a deep corehole to
700 feet below land surface was drilled at the R02 Facility site. Attached are the results of
the drilling and testing program for your records. These results were previously provided to
LBG in spreadsheet format for use in the injection well permitting.
Table 1 summarizes the testing intervals and resulting field conductivity and specific
capacity of each interval. The results indicate that the depths and thickness of the
hydrogeologic units (Zone A, Zone B, etc.) used at this location in the current SEAWAT
groundwater model are reasonable. The water quality data, however, indicates higher
chloride values in Zone A than currently simulated in the model. Table 2 summarizes the
specific capacity testing data and the water quality results from Southern Analytical
Labaratories (SAL). The SAL data was transmitted to SDI through Greg Turman at the City.
Attachment A contains the geologic log of the core.
�
,
Rob Maue & Jeff Trommer
, July 14, 2011
Page 2
'
'
'
,
,
,
J
'
'
�
'
,
'
'
l 1
'
�
Table 1. Drilling and Testing Intervals with Field Conductivity and Specific Capacity
Results.
R02 Facility Deep Corehole Well Site
•� Layer � De th De th Simulated
�� Q� top b ttom °' t p layer 2010 Estimated Field Interval Test
on 3� elev, � Sp Cond Specific
o� d,,a elevation layer, bottom, Chloride, Conductivity Number
� �w N gg D NAVD88 H bls bls mg/L µS/cm Capacity
Land Surface = 47.0
1 -34 -55 21 81 102 89 164 5,048* 3.2 23
2 -55 -76 21 102 123 150 276
3 -76 -103 27 123 150 199 367 5,106* 3.2 22
¢
� 4 -103 -129 27 150 176 235 433
N 5 -129 -156 27 I76 203 263 484 5,339* 16.2 21
6 -156 -182 27 2Q3 229 293 540 6,832 2.3 1
7 -182 -203 21 229 250 339 624 8,995 2.9 2
8 -203 -225 21 250 272 413 761 9,649 1.3 3
9 -225 -244 19 272 291 686 1,264 5,281 0.4 4
10 -244 -263 19 291 310 1,200 2,211 10,798 3.6 5
�a 11 -263 -283 20 310 330 1,779 3,277 9,035 1.9 6
d -283 -308 25 330 355 11,216 1.3 7
N 12 -308 -332 24 355 379 2��11 4,994 g�693 2.6 8
-332 -356 24 379 403 746 0.1 9
13 4,717 8,689
-356 -380 24 403 427 7,248 0.6 10
� 14 -380 -415 35 427 462 6,951 12,804 26,751 1.3 11
o �
N I S -415 -450 35 462 497 8,927 16,444 12,264 3.4 12
16 -450 -465 15 497 512 11,023 20,306 45,846 0.6 13
17 -465 -495 30 512 542 12,487 23,002 51,026 0.2 14
� -495 -521 26 542 568 46,000 0.2 15
� --•--•--
o -521 -547 26 568 594 48,000 0.1 16
N 18 16,469 30,338
-547 -573 26 594 620 52,800 0.4 1?
-573 -600 27 620 647 54,100 0.8 18
� -600 -626 26 64'7 673 46,100 1.0 19
N c� 19 18,331 33,768
-626 -653 27 673 700 50,100 2.2 20
* Interval tested after cocehole was completed during the plugging and abandonment process.
� •
� �
vrL-�
�
,
'
�
1
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
'
a
,
'
,
�
'
1
Rob Maue & Jeff Trommer
July 14, 2011
Page 3
Table 2. Summary of Specific Capacity and Water Quality Results at the R02 Facility
Deep Corehole.
R02 Facility Deep Corehole I�terval Samples
Field Lab Data
Specific Top Bottom Test Draw Specific Specific
Capacity Interval Interval Pumping down Capacity Conductance pH temp Chloride Sulfate TDS
Test No. (ft, bls) (ft, bls) rate �ft) (gpm/ft) (µS/cm)
�gPm)
23 80 100 29.7 9.3 3.2 5,048 6.9 24.1 1,500 130 2,600
22 100 150 30.2 9.4 3.2 5,106 7.0 24.0 1,500 130 2,800
21 150 200 29.8 1.8 16.2 5,339 7.0 23.6 1,400 120 2,900
1 200 229 32.1 14.2 2.3 6,832 7.0 23.8 2,000 170 3,600
2 229 250 31.5 10.7 2.9 8,995 6.9 24.0 2,800 250 5,000
3 250 272 28.2 20.9 1.3 9,649 6.9 23.9 2,900 280 5,200
4 272 291 22.0 48.9 0.4 5,281 7.0 24.2 1,500 130 2,900
5 291 310 21.5 6.0 3.6 10,798 6.9 24.0 3,800 360 5,800
6 310 330 25.8 13.7 1.9 9,035 6.9 24.1 2,600 270 4,900
7 330 355 28.0 21.8 13 11,216 6.9 24.4 3,800 340 6,000
8 355 379 28.8 11.1 2.6 8,693 7.0 24.0 2,700 340 4,600
9 379 403 3.0 36.0 0.1 746 7.2 25.8 86 5 370
10 403 427 21.9 36.0 0.6 7,248 6.9 24.8 2,000 130 3,800
ll 427 462 27.3 21.4 13 26,751 6.9 24.7 10,000 1,100 16,000
12 462 497 28.3 8.2 3.4 12,264 7.0 24.5 3,400 420 6,700
13 497 512 25.2 413 0.6 45,846 7.0 25.2 16,000 2,000 29,000
14 512 542 9.7 41.7 0.2 51,026 7.1 25.4 18,000 2,800 31,000
15 542 568 7.8 43.3 0.2 46,000* 7.2 25.6 18,000 2,600 26,000
16 568 594 6.8 513 0.1 45,000* 7.1 25.4 15,000 2,100 29,000
17 594 620 15.7 39.0 0.4 52,800 7.0 25.4 21,000 2,800 33,000
18 620 647 28.4 34.1 0.8 54,100 7.1 25.7 18,000 2,600 35,000
19 647 673 21.3 21.7 1.0 46,100* 7.2 25.4 15,000 2,400 25,000
20 673 700 31.2 14.2 2.2 50,100* 7.1 25.8 20,000 3,200 33,000
' Specific Conductivity did not stabilize during these tests.
� •
� �
�i �
s
�
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
�
�
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Attachment A
Geological Log
�
,
'
'
�
'
'
'
,
�
,
,
'
'
,
'
,
,
'
'
� "'/
���
ENYi'xANMEN1kt SEk1'Kff, I'if.
Site Name:
Project Name:
Site Locntion:
Clicnt:
R02 Fncility
Clennvater - RO
eAn�•ater,
ny of Clean��ater
Geologic Fielcl Log
Sa�nple Location No.: De�Corehole
Geologist: m mC� er —
Project No.: CL •-
Page: I of 10
Depth � Q � � �
Intervel o� Q>�� a Lithologic Descrintion Notes
(ft bls) V �°+ ,w '� v�'i U
GG
No sampling from land snrfnce to 203 ft bls. Top of rock at 80 ft bis.
203 - 207 2.5 Limestone, fine rained, moderate, core in ieces, IOYR8/1 white ro 2.5 ft hArd drillin
207 - 210 1.0 SAA hard drillin
210 - 215 0.5 Limestone fine rained moderute, fossilif�rous, moldic, oneoids, 10YR8/I to 0.5 ft hard drillin
oor recove
215 - 218 2.8 � 2,3 Limestone fine rained, moderate fossiliferous, moldic IOYR8/1 to 0.4 ft medium drillin
Limestone Sne rsined mocierate, Limestone clnsts in Limestone matrix, medium drillin
10YR8/1 to 2.8 ft
218 - 225 4.6 Limestone, fine ined soft, fossiliferous, moldic, core in ieces 10YR8/I medium drillin
forttm C�cla•bictdinn con► irssa, astro d'firr•rrtelJn sub rrrndi er�r to 4.6 ft
225 - 229 2.8 SAA, but corc in ieces medium drillin
229 - 235 3.0 SM medium drillin
235 - 240 1.3 SAA medium drillin
7 2.9
242 - 250 5.2 Limestone, fine rainzd, soft, Cossiliferous, moldic core in ieces 10YR8/I medium drillin
to 5.2 ft
Drilling Compa��y:
Driller:
Sampting Method:
Cmnments:
Huss Drilling
E. Palmer, B. Stairs, M. Abamko
HQ Core
7otal Depth (11): 700
Surface l:levation (NAVD88, ft): 48
Logged by: J. Hutchings / J. Palmer
Date: 2/7/I 1 - 3/8/11
�
,
'
'
,
'
,
,
�
�
'
'
'
'
1
,
'
�
'
'
� '�
�
EWVtr�O!i�tf H1Al ARYYES, ¢�C
.S116 NA1116:
Project Name:
Site Location:
Clienr
R02 FACitity
eanvater -
lean��ater, PL
ity o C eanvater
Geologic Fielci Log
Sample Location No.: Deep Corepole
Geologist: ohn Pa mer
Project No.: L - 2.4
P�ge: 0 10
Depth � � Q ,, � ,�•''
Interval to o Q� �� Lithologic Description Notes
(R bis) v vi v' U
a
250 - 260 No recove � �e � soft drillin
260 - 265 2.0 � rZ Limestone fine ained, ve soft, core in ieces cn�mbl - IOYR8/1 ���hite to 2.0 ll ve � soft drillin
�
265 - 270 2.2 SAA ve � soft drillin
270 - 272 No recove � ve � soft drillin
272 - 276 No recove ve � soft drillin
276 - 286 No recove � ve � sofl drillin
a �'
0
28b - 290 0.5 Limestone, fine rained ve � soR core in ieccs crumbl � IOYR8/1 to 0.5 ft ve � soft drillin
290 - 291 t.0 SAA ve � soft drillin
Limestone, fine Rraincd, mocierate, IOYR7/3 ven' alc brown to 2.5 ft
291 - 296 LO Limestone, fine raincd, ver � soft to unconsolidated, 10YR8/I ���hite to LO ft ve � so drillin
oor recover
296 - 300 1.8 Lin�estone fine ruined ve soft, 10YR8/1 to I.0 ft ve � soR drillin
o � Limestone silt to �e � fiix ined, unconsotidnted lOYR$/1 at 1.4 R there
'� is a 2in fossiliferous, moldic la �cr ��•ith C. co►s ►essn
■
�
'
,
�
'
i
1
1
1
1
!
i
1
i
i
i
1
1
1
�
V'�-�.
PNi�ON61f N} tt S[kY1f FS, �fi(
Site N�une:
Project Name:
Site Location:
Client:
R02 FACility
C eanvater - R
Cltanvater, [,
City o C earwater
Geologic Fielci Log
Sample Location No.:��� D�ee � Corehole
Geologist: �oTin a mer
Project No.: CL - .4
1'age: o
�
�
1
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
1
'
,
d'
V �r�L-j„
fNY1F.OMVIENtAI 4tk'r"dfS, l!!C.
Site Name:
Projcct Name:
Sitr Location:
Client:
R02 Facility
C eAn��ater -
C eanvater, FL
Ciq� ot C aan��atcr
Geotogic Fielci Log
S�unple I,ocAtion No.: Deep Corehole
Geofogist: Jo n a mer
Project No.: CL -
Page: o
■
t
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
1
,
'
'
'
'
1
'
'
'
1
��
�
(hYl'r.(k1AfENtAt SfR1"df5.1�(
Site Name:
Project Nume:
Site I.ocAtion:
Ciient:
R02 Facility
C eanvater - �-
Ciearn�ater, F
C�ty o eanvater
Geologic Field Log
SAmple Location No.: Dee Corehole
Geologist: 10 m almer
Project No.: LF- 2.
Page: o ] 0
De th � F � �'
Int PvAI V o Q �� o' Lithologic Description Notes
(ft bls) a � '� N o�G
d03 - a 10 4.0 Limestone fine rAined moderate, core in ieces to 0.2 R
Cla and Limestone clasts, iine rained, soft, core in ieces IOYR8/t white
ro d.01t
d10 - d20 6.5 Limesrone 6ne rained, modernte Fossilif�rous moldic IOYR8/1 to 1.4 ll soft drillin
Cla and Limestone clasts, ve � fine raincd ve � soft IOYR8/I to 6.5 ft
M �
^ o
420 - 42'7 3.3 Limestone, fine rained, soft, t0YR8/t to 2.2 ft soft drillin
CIA and Limestone clasts ��e � finc rained, ve � soft, 10YR8/t to 3.2 ft
Limestone. fine ruined, moderate, IOYR8/! to 3.3 R
427 - 430 0.5 Limestone fra ments fossiliferous, 10YR8/1 10 0.5 ft soft drillin , clo ed
430 - 435 2.0 Limestone fine rained, �e � suR fossilifcrous l0Ylt8/1 to 0.4 ft, soft drillin
Pori►es coral mold
Cla and Limestone clasts ve � fine rained, ve - soft, I OYRS/1 to 2.0 ft
433 -�J40 1 A Limestone fine rAimd, moderate, core in ieczs, IOYR8l1 to 0.5 ft soft drillin
Cla and Limestone clnsts, vc � tina rained, ��c � soli, IOYR8/I to 1.0 tl
� �
dd0 - 450 3.5 Limestone, ve � finc rained unconsolidnted, l0Y(L7/2 tan to 1.2 R soft driltin
Limestone, fine rained, ve • sofl 10YR7/2 to 3.5 ft
■
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
1
'
,
,
1
'
'
'
'
'
'
��""'*'
ir.I �
E!(YIfO!i�dENiAI SfR1�(fS,IGC
$1(C Npfi1C:
Project Numc:
Sitc Location:
Ciient:
R02 FACility
teanvater - O
ean+�nter,
ity o C eanvater
Geologic Field Log
Samplc Location No.: Dee Corehole
Geologist: o m a mer
Project No.: - .4
Puge: o
�.C� '�
V +�,
ENYI50.N41fNIAl S[AiX(S, Pf(
Site Nam�:
Project Name:
Site Locatiun:
Ciient:
R02 Fecility
C ennvater - U
ean��atcr,
tty o eanvater
Geologic Field Log
Samplc Location No.: Deep Corehole
Geologist: Jo n a mer
Projcct No.: - 32.
Pnge: 7 0 10
__ ■
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
'
,
'
1
'
'
'
1
'
� �
�
[h11E4!+NfH1Al SEAYdfS,I'�C.
Site Name:
Project Name:
Site Location:
Client:
R02 Facility
eanvater - RO
C eanti�ater,
C�ty o ean��ater
Geologic Field Log
Sample I.ocAtion No.: Dee Corehole
Geologist: o m almer
Project No.: C �-
Page: 0 1
Depth � Q � e �
Interval �o o�>� o Lithologic Description Notes
(ft bis) � � '� � p�
SSO - 560 10.0 Limestone, me Rra�ned, sott, fossiliferous, A'. i�ndersioki present, me ium dn in�
1 YR (very pale oranRe) to 6.5
Umestone, fine Qrained, soR, fossiliferous, motdic, core in pieces,
IOYR7/3 (very pnle bro���n) to 10.0
0
560 - 568 3.5 Limestone, ven- fine to fine Rrained, unconsolidateci, soft dr�l inR
IOYR8/2 (vep� pale oranRa) to 2.0 ft
Limestoae, fine �rained, soft, A'. i�nn�fer•stoki present, 10YR8l2 to 3.5 ft
5G8 - 570 2.0 SAA medium drillin�
570 - 580 10.0 SAA to 0.2 8 mcdium drillinR
Limestone, fine Rrained, soR, fossiliferous, moldic, much of core verticnllv
fractured, h: v�nderstoki przsent and abundant, 10YR8/2 to 10.0 R
�
..
580 - 590 t0A .. SAA to .1 medium drillin�
0
Limestone, fine �trained, soft, �\! ►�mrdeistoki very abundant, other fornms
present, IOYRB/2 to 6.1 fl
Limestone. fine Qrained, soQ, vertically fractured, 10YR8/2 ta l0.0 ft
590 - 59d 4A Limestone, fine Rrained, soft, unidentified inzRulaciv disc-shaped foram ven' mediwn drillinq
abundant, IOYR8 2 to 4.0 ft
594 - 600 6.0 SAA, torlm from above much ess nbundant medium driltinR
�
0
1
,
,
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
� �
�
ENYf R0.44f N!?.t Sfii J1(f5, Mt(.
Site Name:
Project Name:
Site Location:
Client:
R01 Facili
Cleanvater �
earwater, F
�ty o C eanvater
Geologic Fielci Log
Sa�nple Location No.: Deep Corehole
Geologist: Jo a mer
Project No.: CLF-
Pugc: 0 10
Dept6 � 4 � e �'
Interval V � w�� �'o� Lithologic Description Notes
(fl bis) � �, � �
600 - 610 9.0 Limestone �ne rained soR unidentified irre ularl � disc-sha d foram medium drillin
10YR8/2 (ve � ale oran e to 3.0 R
Limestone fine rnined, sott fossiliferous �\'. i��udrrstoki, ori inal shell
material of mollusks, co►ti in ieces, 10YR8/2 to 9.0 ft
610 - 620 l0A �'4 SM to 1.9 R medium drillin
Limestone fine rained soft, fossilifcrous, moldic, A'. vmulersrokt other
forams, 10YR8/2
620 - 627 a.5 SAA medium drillin
18
627 - 637 10.0 SAA hard drillin to 2 ft,
then medium drillin
0.8
637 - 6d7 10.0 SAA mcdium drillin
647 - 650 3.0 SAA mediunt drillin
19 1
� '�
��
R�YifiOlt4FNTAl SfA'(CES.1!it
Site Name:
Project Nan�e:
Site Location:
Client
R02 Facility
�anvater - RO
C ean��nter,
�ty o C eanvater
Geologic Fietd Log
Snmple Locltion No.: Deep Coreholc
Gcologist: Jo Pa mer
Project No.: LF- 2.4
Page: 0 10
Depth � Z, Q� o�'
lntervnl V����' o�� Lithologic Description Notes
(ft bis) � � � �
650 - 660 9.5 Limestone, ftnc ftcained, soft, fossilifcrous, moldic, A! vn�rders�oki, other medium n mR
orams, 10YR8/2 (veq� pn e ornnRe) to 0.4 fl
Clav to 0.5 ft
Limestone, fine �ruined, sofl, fossiliferous, core in pieces, IOYR8/2, to 8.5 ft
Limestone. fine Qraintd, hard, fossiliferous, moidic, lOYR8/t (n�hite) to 9.5 ft
6G0 - 669 9.0 o Limestone, fine �rained, moderate, fossiliferous. moldic (>1" molds), ��arious mcdium drillinR
r,; forums, 10YR8/2 (��ep� pa e oranRa)
669 - 673 4.0 SAA to 2.0 ft hard to medium
Dolomitic limestone, fine �rained, hnrd, fossiliferous, moldic. dolomite drillmR
crystals, some oriRinal shell material, 10YR7/I (IiRht Rrey) to 4.0 li
to ., but arAe vertica racture and co or Ara mg ar er ar n mg
a Limestone, ine grnmed, mo erale, oss� i trous, mol ic, torams, vo� at
^' 1 R ven• pa e ro���n) to .
�n te, nc ,to 2.
L mestone, me grame , mo er�te, ossi i erous, mo ic, orams, I YR7/1 to .
Dolomite, �►�e grnme , iar , vert�cs� ractures, 10 R 2(dAr � Arepis i ro���n)
to 6.0 ft
SAA to . (mcludmg ��ert�ca racturing) ar drillmg
�
N
mestone, me grame , so , IOYR7/2 (tan) to 8.
9- mestone, me gramed, so , vertica rncWrzs, IOYR 2 to 33 me �um n mg
L mestone, me qrnine , soft to mo ernte, oss� � erous, occasiona y mo �c,
ongma s ell mater�a (ure in an mollus tests), l 7/2 to 10.0
B at ?0 ft bls
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! � ■
OJ .R
?��
�
., �jps
�ti
��
Exist' in Fire H drant Location
$ v
�'s
.ti
��
�
l
/
�
'
'
1
�
�
�
�
�
1
,
�
'
�
'
�
,
'
'
1
CLEARWATER CONCENTRATE INJECTION
DEEP WELL PROJECT
PHASE 1
(PROJECT No. 09-0044-UT)
SECTION I
SECTION II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION IIa SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IIIa SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
," l �_.1
SECTION V
FIGURES
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer
1
1
1
1
'
,
'
�
�
u
'
,
'
'
'
1
'
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
CLEARWATER CONCENTRATE INJECTION DEEP WELL PROJECT - PHASE 1
CONTRACT # 09-0044-UT
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by
prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address:
www.mvClearwater.com/cityprojects, ON MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 26. 2011, until no later than close of
business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated I
on the website, reflects reproduction cost only.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of the construction and testing of one Class V, Group 9
exploratory well to be constructed for the City of Clearwater, Florida at their Water Treatment Plant No. 2
site. The proposed exploratory well will be used to investigate the potential for injecting byproduct water
from a new Reverse Osmosis treatment plant (RO 2) into the Avon Park Formation. This well will be
completed with a 32-inch diameter steel casing to a depth of approlcimately 650 feet below land surface and a
total depth of approximately 1,100 feet.
MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders wi(1 be held on WEDNESDAY,
OCTOBER 12, 2011 at 10:00 AM in Room 130 at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave.,
ls` Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer
will be present to discuss this Project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the
Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3'� Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30
P.M. on TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 2011, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for
CLEARWATER CONCENTRATE INJECTION DEEP WELL PROJECT - PHASE 1(09-0044-UT).
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and
proposal form is available to the general public (Contractars, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for
review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are
currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the construction category of WELL CONSTRUCTION
with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $1,000,000.
Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays
prior to the bid opening date.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
George McKibben, Purchasing Manager
(727) 562-4634
1 Section I.DOC Page 1 of 1 9/8/2011
1
'
'
'
,
�
�
I�
'
�
LJ
,
'
,
,
'
L�
'
�J
,
'
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ..........................................................................1
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3
6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3
9 SUBCONTRACTORS ......................................................................................................3
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5
13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5
15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7
19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 8
21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................................... 9
Section II.doc i 3/14/2011
'
,
,
'
'
'
�
�
LJ
'
�
'
,
,
'
l_ l
'
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room —
website address: www.myclearwater.com/cityproiects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans,
as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A
complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form,
affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors,
suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier,
or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans,
specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the
Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets
of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only
for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other
permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre-qualification
may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering
Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100
South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at
(727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of
Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the
receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide
by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study
and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer
of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of
those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been
utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the
accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data,
interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of
existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or
, Section ILdoc
'
Page 1 of 9
3/14/2011
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the
Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such
drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City
and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders
on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible
conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear
in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional
information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and
Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms
and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission
of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon
completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the
Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are
to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without
exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the
Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of
all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the
Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to
such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the
City's planroom as planholder's having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received
less than ten the time frame specified at the pre-bid meeting prior to the date for opening of Bids
Secrion II.doc
Page 2 of 9
3/14/2011
'
'
,
�
L
'
'
'
,
,
'
1
,
,
'
LJ
1
'
�
'
'
'
, 4.2
'
'
'
'
,
�
'
,
'
�
�
'
5
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding.
Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City
or Engineer.
BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an
amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's m�imum Bid price and in the form of a
certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the
Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid
Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and
furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council,
the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security
of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may
be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful
Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders
will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening.
5.3
6
6.1
7
7.1
8
The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
CONTRACT TIME
The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth
in the Technical Specifications.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or
equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a
substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be
considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The
procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as
supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
, 9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested,
' shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience
statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification
' Section II.doc
'
Page 3 of 9
3/14/2011
9.2
���
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the
completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%)
of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due
investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or
organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request
the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or
Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may
award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use
acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make
requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of
any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor
and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of
award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such
acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization
against whom he has reasonable objection.
BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink
or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be
to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the
Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the
price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are
required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item
shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as
per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown
on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to
be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be
increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown
below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall
produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or
partnership.
103 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner,
whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be
10.4
11
ii.l
shown below the signature.
All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xl l" manila envelope with the project
Section II.doc
Page 4 of 9
3/14/2011
'
i �
�
�
,
'
'
'
'
,
�
1
I�
'
�
'
J
'
'
,
,
'
'
,
u
'
CJ
'
�,
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be
enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and
addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the
office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile
bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner
that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request
for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to
do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to
the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be
withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or
scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or
scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of
the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The
City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid.
, 13 REJECTION OF BIDS
,
'
'
�
�
'
1
'
131 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves
the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the
rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of
form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any
kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be
in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not
responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other
pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which
bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among
the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the
same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract
Documents.
15
15.1
16
16.1
OPENING OF BIDS
Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for
Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with
� Section Il.doc
L_J
Page 5 of 9
3/14/2011
Section II—Instructions to Bidders
all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any
manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact
fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales taY
and sales t� exemptions and complying with all requirements.
16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales ta�� on materials incorporated into the WORK.
The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP)
Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical
Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with
drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to
price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or
contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-
free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures
for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free
workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply
the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying
certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and
specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of
maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee
assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse
violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are
under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide
by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty
or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the
United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5)
days after such conviction.
Section II.doc
Page 6 of 9
3/14/2011
,
�
,
'
CJ
'
1
,
�
L
����
L1
'
�
�
I
�
�
I
'
,
�
'
C1
�
�
,
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or
rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who
is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements.
' 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies
� in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit
prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct
sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
�
'
1
'
'
t
�
,
,
1
'
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not
the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be
requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience
of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor
for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist
in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and fnancial
ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations
to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's
satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best
interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in
the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be
awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation
or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing
Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set
forth in this section.
19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person
could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to
such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for
bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document
itself.
' Section II.doc
,
Page 7 of 9
3/14/2011
Section lI — Instructions to Bidders
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five
(5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which
ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or
written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City
of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted
if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of
the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award,
or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing,
stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work
days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the
appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she
may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her
reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and
the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter
of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of
receipt of the appeal.
19.3 PROTEST FEE:
When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of
the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This
fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City
Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid.
19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of
the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to
trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections
553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or
current revisions of these laws.
Section II.doc
Page 8 of 9
3/14/201 l
u
1
,
'
'
'
�
'
J
'
II
I
�
�
�
'
'
,
r
r
,
'
21
�J
C_J
'
'
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES
21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement
stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both
using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of
pollutants into receiving waters.
A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining
water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control
practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings
to surface waters.
B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and
� sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion
and sediment control provisions.
CJ
'
I� _J
lJ
�
�
1
�
J
,
�I
�
NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater En ing eerin� Environmental
Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best Management Practices.
References EPA website
, Section II.doc
L_.J
Page 9 of 9
3/l4/201 ]
SECTION Ila
SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
The Instructions to Bidders of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 21 inclusive; are a
part of this contract.
The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Instructions to Bidders of
the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or any
paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the
unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.
MODIFICATIONS TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ARTICLE 2- OUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.2
DEMONSTRATION OF REQUIRED EXPERIENCE
2.2.1 Bidders shall have previous experience with a minimum of three Class I
or Class V Deep Injection Well construction projects to demonstrate the
required qualifications to perform the Work described in the Contract
Documents.
2.2.2 The Bidder shall submit a list of three previous Class I or Class V Deep
Injection Well construction projects performed. The list shall be
submitted with the Bid Proposal, and shall include the following
information: name of project; contact name, address, and phone number;
a description of well constructed including casing sizes and depths; and
the date the well was completed.
2.2.3 Bidders may be disqualified and their Bids rejected if the Bidder fails to
provide three previous projects, or if the information submitted fails to
demonstrate competency to perform the Work described in the Contract
Documents.
END OF SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
Section IIa.doc Page ] of 1
r
�
C�
'
,
l�
,
'
�
'
��
�
'
�
�
'
'
'
'
7/26/2011
,
'
'
1
,
'
,
'
'
'
,
�
,
,
'
r
,
'
'
'
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
SECTIONIII .................................................................................................................................. i
GENERAL CONDITIONS .......................................................................................................... �
Tableof Contents :.......................................................................................................................... i
1 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................. 1
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... 5
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................. 5
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... 5
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED• STARTING
THEPROJECT ........................................................................................................................... 5
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 6
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ....................................................................... 6
2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ...............................................................................................
3
:!
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 7
3.1 INTENT .......................................................................................................................... 7
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ................................................. 7
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 8
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ........................................................................................ 8
4.2 1NVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 8
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... 9
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND .............................. 9
5.2 INSURANCE .................................................................................................................. 9
5.21 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE .......................................................... 10
�.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTYDAMAGE COVERAGE ............................. 11
S. 2. 3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY ..................................................... 11
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS ................................................................................................. 12
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 12
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................ 12
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13
63 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14
6.5 USE OF PREMISES ..................................................................................................... 15
6. S.1 STAGING AREAS ..................................................................................................... I S
6. S. 2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................. 1 S
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ..................................................................................... 16
Section III — General Conditions
6.8 PERMITS .................................................................................................
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ...............................................................
6.10 EMERGENCIES ......................................................................................
6.11 DRAWINGS ............................................................................................
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW
6.11. 2 AS-B UILT DRA WINGS ......... ............. . ... .. . ............ .. .. . . . . ......... ...... ....
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS ...........................................................................
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES :............................................................................
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE .....
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ...................................................................
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION ..............................................................................
6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION ....................
7
8
9
10
......... 17
......... 17
......... 18
......... 18
......... 18
......... 20
......... 21
......... 23
......... 23
......... 24
......... 24
......... 25
OTHERWORK .............................................................................................................. 25
,
�I
'
'
'
L
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 25 '
72 COORDINATION ........................................................................................................ 25
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 25
OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 26
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE .................................................................................. 26
CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ....................................................... 26
REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 26
SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 26
DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 27
LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............. 27
CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 28
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 29
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 29
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 30
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 30
12
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
13.7
14
CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 31
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 32
TESTS AND INSPECTION ......................................................................................... 32
UNCOVERING THE WORK ...................................................................................... 32
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 33
CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ......................................... 33
WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ..................................................................... 33
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTNE WORK ................................................................... 34
OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTNE WORK ....................................................... 34
PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 35
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 35
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 35
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 36
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 36
Secfion IILdoc Page ii of 47 7/26/2011
,
LJ
'
'
'
'
�J
r
'
'
'
u
'
'
'
,
'
�
'
�
,
'
i
�
�
'
�
�
i
Section III— General Conditions
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 37
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 37
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE .................................................................. 38
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 38
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 39
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 39
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 39
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 40
16
17
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 40
MISCELLANEOUS....................................................................................................... 41
SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................ 41
GIVINGNOTICE ......................................................................................................... 41
NOTICEOF CLAIM .................................................................................................... 41
PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 41
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................ 41
RENEWALOPTION .................................................................................................... 41
ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS ................................................. 42
18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 42
19
20
21
22
22.1
22.2
23
24
MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 42
CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 42
OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 42
RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 42
GENERAL.................................................................................................................... 42
EXAMPLE.................................................................................................................... 43
PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 44
23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE .............................................................................................. 44
23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 44
23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 44
23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ..................................................................................................... 44
23.5 SIGN COLORING ........................................................................................................ 44
23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT .................................................................................................... 45
23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................... 45
23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .......................................................................................... 46
AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 46
' Section III.doc
�
Page iii of 47
7/26/2011
,
,
'
'�
�
�
�
'
�
'
��
�
'
�J
L��
�
'
Section III — General Conditions
DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or
change the Bidding Reyuirements or the contract documents.
Agent
Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City.
Agreement
The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided
therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or
final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in
the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to
verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices
for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time
issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
Ciry
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida.
Construction Inspector
A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City
construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the
Contract Documents.
Construction Manager
The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The
Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts
� Section IIl.doc
'
Page 1 of 47
7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction
Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract
administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's
Representative during construction.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted
prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the
Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the
Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together
with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this
contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been
made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Critical Path Method ConstNUCtion Schedule—CPM
A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to
one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a
timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the
schedule.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which
show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or
approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County,
Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the
Owner's Representative during construction.
Section IIl.doc Page 2 of 47 7/26/20l 1
'
�i
�
�
��
�
,
'
'
�
�
L_J
�
'
�J�
�
'
'
,
I
�_
J
,
Section III — General Conditions
Engineer's Consultant
� A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such
in the Supplementary Conditions.
� F.D.O.T Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida
Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
�
�
Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
1 The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure
that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These
terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing.
,
�
��
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of
governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property.
� Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to the final completion date.
�
�
Notice to Proceed (NTP)
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract
Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations
under the Contract Documents.
Owner
'
,
'
�
'
The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the
City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible
for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain
projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during
construction.
Owner's Representative
Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction.
Person
A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity.
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may
be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
� Section IILdoc
'
Page 3 of 47
7126/2011
Section III — General Conditions
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Request for Information (RFI)
An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the
Contractor to the Engineer.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically
prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations,
brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other
information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereo fl which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that
the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no
such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for fnal payment as
evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially
complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to
Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
Surety
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
Any person, frm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
Section III.doc
Page 4 of 47
7/26/2011
'
�
,
�
�
'
�
'
�
'
�
�
'
�
�
,
�
�l
,
'
J
'
'
�
�
�
i
'
Section III — General Conditions
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Undergrourad Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases,
steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television,
sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required
to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing
or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and
performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract
Documents.
Work Change Drrective
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and
, signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding
to differing or unfareseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or
emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time,
� but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work
Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following
negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times.
I 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
�
'
'
'
'
,
,
,
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this
contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional
copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall
start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at
the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run.
Section III.doc Page 5 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract
Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification
from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be
liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or
Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known
thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or
Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify
any of the terms ar obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any
time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this
insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's
Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer,
Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the
Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the
Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction
conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a
color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events
including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this
conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also
bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete
and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a
completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List.
The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a
project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of
construction stakeout and as-built survey.
The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a
Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for
reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification.
2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a
weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall
bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a
Section IIl.doc Page 6 of 47 7/26/2011
'
'
�
�
�
i
�
,
'
�
,
L
'
,
�I
��
'
�
'
'
'
Section III — General Conditions
look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and
' all material test reports generated in the same time period.
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
' 3.1 INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor
� concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are
complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the
Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be constructed in
' accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably
be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being
required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically
' called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-known technical or construction industry or
trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be
interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
' Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or
Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication,
' shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the
time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not
' specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the
Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or
Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
� Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's
Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these
Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as
' through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not
inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract
Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
' 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity ar
' discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision
of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard,
specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the
' Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected
thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has
been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that
' Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such
conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known
thereof.
,
� Section IILdoc Page 7 of 47 7/26/2011
'
4
Section III — General Conditions
AVAILABI_LITY OF LANDS: SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not
of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will
have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes
in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification
of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or
otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by
Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to
accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly
notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the
site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the
Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further
investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional
investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the
results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions,
which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not
reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued
incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the
accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be
included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and
checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in
the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground
Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities
and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the
LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State
regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC
UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY
NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any
excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory.
Section III.doc Page 8 of 47 7/26/2011
LJ
'
1
'
,
LJ
'
,
CI�'
1
��
1
L�!
�
�
'
�
1
'
'
'
'
,
'
�
�
1
L� J
,
'
1
�'
J
L_J
Section III — Genera] Conditions
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in
Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall
be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points
and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and
Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or
requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for
the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of
Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information
regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and
there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and
grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of
$100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed
in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations
under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when
final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or
by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the
Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents
and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding
Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring
Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government
Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be
accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to
contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not
directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in
the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond
furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is
terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements
of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute
another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
' Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
' furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of
them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits
� Section III.doc Page 9 of 47 7/26/201 l
'
Section III — General Conditions
and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages
because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's
employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which
are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment
of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages,
other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever
located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of
any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of
insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to
purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by
this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any
customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons
or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional
insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional
insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance
covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain
a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or
renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and
Contractor and to each other additional insured identifed in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a
certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor
as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times
thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance
with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance,
and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two
years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued
evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such
insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the
authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000.
Section III.doc
Page 10 of 47
,
'
,
'
�
�
�
'
�
,
�'
'
�
'
'
,
1
'
7/26/2011
'
LJ
'
'
'
�
�1
,
'
�
r-�
L�
�
'
�
!
�
'
�
LI�
,
'
Section III — General Conditions
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
Including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar
document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may
be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for
purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's
Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full
coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be
accepted without prior approval from Owner.
Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits
Section III.doc Page 11 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of
Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for
and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and
9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to
secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the
payment of compensation.
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance
will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other
persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional
insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the
perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of
payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured
or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and
their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by,
arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property
insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors,
Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so
caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may
have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the
Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the
officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption,
loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner
property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not
insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by,
arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance
maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after
substantial completion or after final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such
attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique,
sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the
Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under
SecUon III.doc Page 12 of 47 7/26/20] 1
��
'
CJ
'
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
'
'
,
'
'
Section III — General Conditions
extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and
� shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall
be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell
phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary.
' Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's
Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from
� the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's
Representative.
,
�
,
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result
of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved
holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime
slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end
of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the
Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector
overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check.
Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four
hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour.
� Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
j 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the
' work as reyuired by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline
and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work
or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract
' Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will
not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday
without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
� Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
� machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary
facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing,
start-up and completion of the Work.
� All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
' equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in
the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored,
may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
�
' Section III.doc Page 13 of 47 7/26/2011
�
Section III — General Conditions
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be
incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the
Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of
Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification
or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or
no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other
Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or
equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that
no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approvaL If in the
Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify
as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit
sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of
material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable
substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted
by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's
Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal"
item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability.
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND
OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct
or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and
omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or
Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct
or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such
other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through
Contractor.
Section IILdoc Page 14 of 47 7/26/2011
,
,
'
,
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
,
�
�
'
'
,
�
�
�I
�
Section III — Genera] Conditions
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
� control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work
to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate
i agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the
Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the
benefit of Owner and Engineer.
'
,
�
'
�
'
,
'
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection.
Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents
on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and
shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or
equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to
the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the
Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the
Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the
claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer,
Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all
claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or
equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
1 During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or
at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and
, debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and
machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not
'
designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.5.1 STAGING AREAS
' The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and
storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction.
� 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS
The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens
of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed:
� Secrion IIl.doc Page 15 of 47 7/26/2011
�
Section III — General Conditions
• Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days.
• Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar
days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP.
• Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is
generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local
and resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe
pressure test. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion
control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times.
If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod
restoration may be considered.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product
or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention,
design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance
of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or
copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights
shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and
other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages
arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in
the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention,
design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such
claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies,
which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing
and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and
Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring
Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or
having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be
Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in
accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's
obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
Section III.doc Page 16 of 47 7/26/2011
'
�
�
,
�
�
,
'
�
,
�
'
�I
�
�
,
,
�
�
�
�
�
�
Section III — General Conditions
When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order I 1-02
, shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E-Verify System to verify employment
eligibility.
i
�
�
l JI
,
�
�
�J
,
�
,
,
,
,
'
'
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining
such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees
necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids.
Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall
pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will
be waived.
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety
of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on
the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or
adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and
Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of
construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or
whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to
protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the
opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged
or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the
Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The
Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall
not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of
employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor
shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and
maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the
site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition.
Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is
exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of
immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision
shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to
Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety
requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The
Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful
substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions
to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to
construction activity.
Section IIl.doc Page 17 of 47 7/26/20l 1
Section III — General Conditions
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal,
relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until
such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor
that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the
Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give
Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by
Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be
issued to document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFis, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be
complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials
and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and
to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for
review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have
determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance
criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect
thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage,
assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information
relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall
also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and
Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a
stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the
Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time
of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that
the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents,
such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall
Section III.doc Page 18 of 47 7/26/2011
'
'
,
i
LJ
�
,
'
�
'
�
,
�
�
,
�
�
'
L�
,
'
�
�J
u
'
i
,
�
�
�
,
Section III — General Conditions
cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for
review and approval of each such variation.
The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and
Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the
Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The
Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The
Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress
meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar
days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the
Contractor.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the
information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review
and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections
required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings
and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific
attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous
submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor
has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and
Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof
incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by
the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the reyuirements of
paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
I Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to
achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the
right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number
, greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's
Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of
first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and
' Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or
other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct
technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In
� the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's
costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the
nee�i for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor.
1
' Section III.doc Page 19 of 47 7/26/2011
,
Section III — Genera] Conditions
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and
legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or
deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including
revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction
process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of
all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the
Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during
the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and
the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for
accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the
monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not
confonn to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the
Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay
request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the
Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1 General
The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-17.052, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor.
The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings
and an AutoCAD file.
SJ-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or
vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also
know as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner
with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
,
,
�
,
�
�
�
,
�
,
�
�
�
,
,
1
l. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) ,
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections
Section III.doc
Page 20 of 47
7/26/2011
�
'
'
'
Section III — General Conditions
shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch
' basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe
material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
' 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
1 approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans.
Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and
replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above.
� Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type
construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
�
�
�
,
,
,
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings
shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this
information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare
supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit
runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall
show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram.
6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if
required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement shall be the
United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be
approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6 Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter SJ-17 and the
, Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at
every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
L_ 1
'
6.11.2.7 Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS
' 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming
, 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
� Section IIl.doc Page 21 of 47 7/26/2011
i
6.1
Section III — General Conditions
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix
1.3.1.2 La er Namin Definitions:
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
Secfion III.doc
Page 22 of 47
,
L�
�
'
u
�
�
�
,
,
�
,
,
�
�
�
,
'
7/26/2011
�
��
'
,
LJ
�
'
'
LJ
u
Section III — General Conditions
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property corners, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height
of .010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:
� The as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless
approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file
formats include: DWG, of a shape file.
,
�
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Thomas.Mahonv�,myClearwater.com.
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
� will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty
and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or
operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the
1 Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take
every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or
from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The
, Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any
portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the
Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and
� pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from
the date of final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
� Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
, Section III.doc Page 23 of 47 7/26/20] 1
'
Section III — General Conditions
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not
in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii)
recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a
certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract
Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by
Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal
or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided
that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel�, including the
loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission
of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of
them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity
indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and
Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall
suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If
such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of
any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify
and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or
Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any
employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the
work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this
paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other
person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee
benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to
Section IIl.doc Page 24 of 47 7/26/20ll
,
'
,
,
,
�
,
,
CJ
'
'
�
�
,
,
,
�
'
,
'
r
,
Section III — General Conditions
the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused
by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them.
6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION
� Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in
company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email
addresses, etc.
,
�
�
���: ��:��i�[�].�.�
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform
work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the
project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes.
The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will
1 be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is
denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the
Contractor's work or schedule.
,
,
'
,
M
�
�
�I
u
�
,
LJ
7.2 COORDINATION
If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specifc matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications
from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative.
The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may
Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to
terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
Section III.doc Page 25 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either
be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties,
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set
forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and
Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the
requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal
responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall
be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's
Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and
Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment
in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent
thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change
of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which
Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or
the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents
or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning
whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will
also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders,
see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's
Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor
and Completion.
Section III.doc Page 26 of 47 7/26/2011
'
�
�
,
u
'
�
,
'
r
,
'
'
�
1
,
,
,
'
1
'
'
'
1
,
'
'
�
�
r
,
�
r
,
,
�
�
i
r
Section III — General Conditions
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract
Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters
relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract
Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles
for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred
initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with
this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the
claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event
later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written
supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60)
days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional
period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim,
dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and
the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's
Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in
writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance
with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter
will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner
Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or
the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and
Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been
entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is
delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30)
days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a
forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have
with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and
Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing
by the Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the
Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with
respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by
the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant
the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good
faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or
performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or
give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
Section IILdoc Page 27 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible
for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will
not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of
the work.
Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and
certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by
the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements
of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the
results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or
from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or
revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive.
Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved
which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may
otherwise be specifically provided).
If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work
Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as
amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of
an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering
Work.
The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Owner's Representative covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of
defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work
under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes;
Section III.doc
Page 28 of 47
'
'
�
,
u
lJ
,
'
r
,
�
�
L�
,
,
'
�
�
7/26/2011
�
'
'
Section III — General Conditions
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
' such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws
and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Wark and adhere to
the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
1
�
(
�
�
'
�
�
'
,
'
L�
,
�
�
1
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to
Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or
undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The
Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for
an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general
nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's
Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or
event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's
Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in
support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed
adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence
or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in
accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is
covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the
quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained
in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for
overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work.
Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and
Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed
changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for
compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of
direct costs required for the directed work.
The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items:
, Section III.doc
�
Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll
cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law).
Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject
change.
Page 29 of 47
7/26/20l ]
2.
4
Section III — General Conditions
Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be
substantiated through vendors' invoices.
Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if
specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates
prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction
Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted
base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs
of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the
equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of
time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily,
weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book.
Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by.
Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater.
The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the
Contractor or Subcontractor.
A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work
is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%),
and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%).
B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above.
C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4.
The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general
supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense.
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sun�s as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's
costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other
expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the
allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's
Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances
and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the
sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the
estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of
Section III.doc Page 30 of 47 7/26/20ll
'
�
'
�
,
l_'
�
,
�
�
II
'
�
�
LJ
�
��
l_ '
�
�
�
�
'
Section III — General Conditions
Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and
� determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of
Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price
will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's
, overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price i£ (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed
by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated
� in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other
item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract
Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is
' entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any
such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit
quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal
� course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety
and that a iinalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities
actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract
' Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in
his original bid.
'
�J
,
�,
�
�
,
�
�
,
C�
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's
Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event
giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim
with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's
Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the
claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustrnent claimed is
the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be
determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or
Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or
Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may
be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as
provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays
attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays
within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Wark within the Contract Times (or
Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the
Section IIl.doc Page 31 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or
agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the
control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to
fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other
contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work
for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing
personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections,
tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereo�
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay
all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of
inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and
impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and
shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and
Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix
designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation
of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's
Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall
be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely
notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with
reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if
requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and
replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's
Section III.doc Page 32 of 47 7/26/2011
'
,
,
'
,
�
�
'
'
�
�
C
LJ
r
LJ
�
'
r
'
'
'
'
'
�
�
r
Section III — General Conditions
request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as
Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all
necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall
pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or
reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and
the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the
investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim
therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not
found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension
of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure,
observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the
article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK
� If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will
conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to
' stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however,
this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of
Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or
� other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be
entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price.
'
,
�
'
'
'
,
�
,
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either
correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with
Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or
resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be
prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found
to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the
Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the
Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily
correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency
where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work
corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages
Section III.doc Page 33 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of
repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before
Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier
date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed
or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be
extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has
been satisfactorily completed.
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of reGuiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers
to accept it, the Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of
and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's
Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's
recommendation of fnal payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary
revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price.
If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an
appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to
correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's
Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if
Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor
fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven
days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights
and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such
corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take
possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative,
Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights
and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by
the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change
Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to
the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if
the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as
provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will
include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
Section IIl.doc Page 34 of 47 7/26/2011
'
1
'
'
,
,
L_ J
'
'
'
'
�
1
�
�
,
�J
'
'
'
,
Section III — General Conditions
damaged by correction removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not
�
' be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and
remedies hereunder.
' 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
'
'
,
�,
��
�J
'
�
,
�
'
,
�
�
,
'
Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein.
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the
25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract
Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work.
Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all
materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each
Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime
reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work
covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any
portion of the Work under contract.
The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work
for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay
Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as-built
drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may
require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress
payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any
sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein
shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later
than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be
purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale
contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he
has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or
encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out
of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and
furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the
furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid,
discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written
Section Ill.doc Page 35 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold
from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay
any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been
fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms
of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any
obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the
Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the
Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the
Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and
process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment,
unless the application reyuires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review
and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be
paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected,
notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing
payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying
deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's
Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner.
Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such
payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or
Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed
Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been
reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective
Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination.
The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's
Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of
Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the
satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off
against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events
described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance
with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating
the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or
any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the
Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i)
has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Section ID.doc Page 36 of 47 7/26/2011
�I
I
�
'
,
,
,
�
�
�
�
L__;
'
'
'
'
�
LJ
�
1
�J
'
'
'
'
Section III — General Conditions
Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with
' Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part
' of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete
� and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of
the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in
writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and
� substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner,
Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work
� to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in
writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially
1 complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply
with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of
responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
, 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will
within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch
' list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to
be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective
work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the
, construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such
measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
,
,
,
�
1
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative
and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence
of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector
overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor
may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final
Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if
necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory
to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such
releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or
releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor,
� Section III.doc Page 37 of 47 7/26/2011
,
Section III — General Conditions
services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and
equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the
Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any
Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a
Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable
manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the
Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application
for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the
Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or
corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as
required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of
the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by
Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not
constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final
inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the iinal Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative
is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract
Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation
of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative
will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the
provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to
Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and
accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within
twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's
Representative.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after
final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special
guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract
Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously
made in writing and still unsettled.
Secti.on IIl.doc Page 38 of 47 7/26/2011
'
�
�
,
�
�_J
'
fJ
'
,
'
'
'
�
'
�
�J
'
�
'
,
Section III — Genera] Conditions
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
I 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion
' thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will
fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed.
Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
� Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim
therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
' 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to
� perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the
progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
,
'
�
�
'
'�J
r
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract
or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the
Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein
specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the
rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any
part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to
the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be
used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the
Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but
which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case
Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the
unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the
Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor.
' If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be
reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's
Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or
' remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the
Wark performed.
�
C_ J
'
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue.
Section III.doc Page 39 of 47 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from
liability.
Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the
Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents
prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead
and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit
on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to
termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic
loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
(90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's
Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be
due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's
Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the
Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be
entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application
for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days
to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written
notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts
due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making
claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for
expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving
such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the
Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Section III.doc Page 40 of 47 7/26/2011
,
'
�
,
�
�
'
�-,
�
�1
,
C' �
,
'
�
,
�
'J �
,
�
�
'
�
�
Section III — General Conditions
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that
nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration.
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other
� documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be
determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner.
�
�
:J
'
�
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will
be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the
firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered
or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or
others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party
within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this
� paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable
statute of limitations or repose.
�_ J
,
�
��
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each
case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the
approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice
of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
� Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and
unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the
, Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to
in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds and the
satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department.
,
� Section III.doc Page 41 of 47 7/26/2011
�
Section III — General Conditions
17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS
All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers and/or
dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of
Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562-4923 or email:
Michael.Prvor(cr�,mvC 1 earwater.com .
18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the
public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
19 MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy,
as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions,
General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings.
In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern.
21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION
The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's
documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the
project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from
payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for
materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being
exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials
included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected,
will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include
Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE
DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP
Documents.
22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
22.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius,
unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the
following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the
work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction;
general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption
Section IIl.doc Page 42 of 47 7/26/201 l
�
LJ
'
J
�
�
�
'
�
u
'
i
'
'
'
�
�i
�,�
�
�
'
�
LJ
!
�
Section III — General Conditions
and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name,
� Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for
residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the
proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample
� door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of
construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a
minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and
� businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the
start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all
Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access
� routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice
period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries
during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive
�
.-,
�'
�
�
'
�
,
,
�
i
�
�
citizen inquires after business hours.
Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
22.2 EXAMPLE
CITY SEAL
Of
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY' S DATE: / /
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE
We are the construction contractor performing (state rype of contract) for the City of Clearwater in
your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This
notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners
of the pending start of construction.
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners)
The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way.
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the
expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors,
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or
structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not
be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner
wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-
way may be required to be placed elsewhere.
We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any
particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager
at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
� Section IILdoc Page 43 of 47 7/26/2011
,
Section III — General Conditions
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public
funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose,
the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full
course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work.
Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be
included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV,
ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION.
23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined
after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign
at the preconstruction conference.
23.3 FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood
of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two
(2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as
necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground.
Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or
attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted
white on both sides with exterior rated paint.
23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached
to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080-inches or
thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable
sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade.
23.5 SIGN COLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shal] be in blue lettering. All other lettering
shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign
itsel£ Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone
yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black.
Section III.doc Page 44 of 47 7/26/2011
,
i
�
�
,
�
�
�
�
�
�
J
L�
�
'
�
�
,
�
�
�
�
�J
,
'
23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT
Section III — General Conditions
� Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which passes by the project
site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian
or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be
' placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will
be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the
project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the
� same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the
request for final payment.
r,
�
�
l _J
'
,
�
'
'
'
I�
�
'
�
L�
23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor
will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be
cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
� Section III.doc Page 45 of 47 7/26/20l 1
'
Section III — General Conditions
23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
�
�� PROJECT NAME
(CONTRACT NUMBER)
(�DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT
N CONTRACTOR:
� COMPLETION DATE:
FUNDING:
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE:
LL i
� ° C e:arwater
U
I 2 —3 I
s f �
�
�
� 4"x4" P.T.
E Post (Typ.)
E
c
�
N
� /
/ � , � �:/ \/�\' � �/ / � ' / � \/��. �. � �
/ �� � � : � , � '� ��
� \ \ ` � /. � \� \/,� � \ /\ % � �/'
' ./ ..�, � ,� , .
�
�/�� i������/
� i /j. .,
24 AWARD_OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2
of these General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated 150
consecutive calendar davs as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE
DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails
to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the
Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be
discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee
Secrion III.doc Page 46 of 47 7/26/20l 1
'
�
�
�
i
�
,
1
'
C
,
I�
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
,
'
'
'
Section III — General Conditions
Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor
' shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per
each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment.
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to
' other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final
acceptance.
'
'
t
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
�
�
1
� Section III.doc Page 47 of 47 7/26/20l 1
'
Irl
�l
,
�
'
'
'
'
'
�
SECTION Illa
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 24 inclusive; are a part
of this contract.
The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the
Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any
paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modifed or deleted by these supplements, the
unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT
2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 120 calendar days
, after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in
paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions.
' 2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the system
installed and ready for daily operation. Substantial completion includes
start-up, operation, testing, manufacturer's checks and services, operator
� training, and similar items. The following items need not be completed
for Substantial Completion:
'
a. Final application for payment and final acceptance.
' 2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment in
accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General Conditions within 150
calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run.
�
'
'
2.7 HURRICANE PROTECTION PLAN
'
Section IIIa.doc
,
Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit
to the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the measures that will be
completed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner in the event of a
hurricane warning.
In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the
Contractor will protect the Work and materials from weather related damage. In
Page 1 of 2
7/26/2011
Section IIIa — Supplementary General Conditions
the event that, in the opinion of the Owner, the Work or materials have been
damaged due to failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the Work and
materials, the Work and materials shall be replaced at the expense of the
Contractor.
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.8 PERMITS
The City has obtained, or will obtain, the appropriate permit from Florida
Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). This permit is required prior
to the commencement of any work. The Contractor shall be responsible for
obtaining a copy of this permit and for complying with any provisions or
requirements which may relate to the conduct of construction activities
ARTICLE 9- OWNER'S REPRESENTATNE STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.1
Section IIIa.doc
OWNER'S REPRESENTATNE
The Owner's Representative during the Bidding Phase is listed below.
Robert Maue, PE
City of Clearwater Engineering
100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220
Clearwater, Florida 33756
Phone: 727-562-4827
Fax: 727-562-4755
Email: robert.maue@myclearwater.com
END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 2
7/26/2011
lJ
,
C
'
,
�
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
CI'�
'
'
'
1
1
'
'
'
'
�
'
,
'
'
'
'
,
'
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents:
1 SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................................... 1
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 1
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................................................................................. 2
2 FIELD ENGINEERING .................................................................................................. 3
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ................ 3
2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA ........................................................................................................... 4
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY .................................. 4
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4
3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 4
3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ........................................................................... 4
4
5
ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 6
EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK ......................................................... 6
6 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................7
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK ......................................... 7
7.1 EXCAVATION .............................................................................................................. 7
7.2 FORMS ........................................................................................................................... 7
8 REINFORCEMENT .........................................................................................................7
8.l BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 8
9 OBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................8
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS
ANDSTREET PAVEMENT ........................................................................................... 8
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ................................................................. 9
12 DEWATERING ................................................................................................................ 9
12.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................... 9
12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 10
12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL .................................................................................. 10
12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND
WATER FROMANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITEACTIVITY .......................................... 10
13 SANITARY MANHOLES ............................................................................................. 12
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 12
' 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 13
13. 2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13
13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 13
' 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 13
Section N.DOC i 4/11/2011
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS ............................................................................................. 13
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 14
14 BACKFILL ......................................................................................................................14
15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC . .......................................................................................14
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES................................................................................................................ 14
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 14
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .................................................................... 15
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15
18 UNDERDRAINS ............................................................................................................. 15
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16
19 STORM SEWERS ..........................................................................................................16
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 16
19.2 TESTING ......................................................................................................................16
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS ............................................................. 17
20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................17
20.1.1 GRA VITY SEWER PIPE . . .. . ....... . ......... . . . . ... . ...... ............... .. . . . . . ....... .. . . .. . ... ............ 17
20.1. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 17
20.2 1NSTALLATION ......................................................................................................... 17
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ....................................................................................... 17
20. 2. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 18
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS .............................................................................................. 18
20.4 TESTING ......................................................................................................................18
20.4.1 TESTING OFGRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 18
20. 4. 2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 19
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 19
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ....................................................................................... 19
20. S. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE .......................... ..... .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. .... . . . . . . . ..... . ................. ... . . ... ..... 19
21 DRAINAGE .....................................................................................................................19
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE ......................................................................... 19
22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 19
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 21
22.1. 2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE .............................. 21
22.2 SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................. 21
22. 2.1 BASIS OF MEAS UREMENT ............. . ............ .. . . .. . . . . .. . .... ..... .......... . ................. . . .. 21
22.2.2 BASISOFPAYMENT ...........................................................................................22
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS .................................................................. 22
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 22
Section N.DOC ii 4/ll/2011
'
'
'
'
'
1
'
�
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
�
,
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
23.1.1 AGGREGATE ....................................................................................................... 22
23.1.2 BITUMINOUSMATERIALS .................................................................................22
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QUALITYASSURANCE ........................................................................................................ 22
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 23
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS .............................. 23
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 24
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 24
23.6.1 CRACKS ................................................................................................................24
23.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................24
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 25
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................... 25
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ................................................................... 26
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................. 26
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................. 26
24 ADJLTSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT ................................. 27
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 27
25.1 IRRIGATION ............................................................................................................... 27
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................27
25.1.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................29
25.1.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................33
25.2 LANDSCAPE ...............................................................................................................36
25. 2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 36
25.2.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................41
25.2.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................44
26
27
28
29
HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 51
26.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 51
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ....................... 51
26.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................51
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 52
26.5 TELEVISION 1NSPECTION ....................................................................................... 52
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 53
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION .................................................................................... 53
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 53
26.9 PAYMENT ................................................................................................................... 53
PLANTMIX DRIVEWAYS .......................................................................................... 53
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54
REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ............................... 54
CONCRETECURBS ..................................................................................................... 54
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ....................................................... 54
' Section N.DOC
'
f.[El
4/II/2011
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ..........................................
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ..........................................
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .......................................
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..................................................
31
32
33
33.1
33.2
33.3
34
35
36
37
38
37.1
37.2
3 7.3
37.4
37.5
37.6
3 7.7
37.8
37.9
37.1
37.1
37.1
............................................. 54
............................................. 55
............................................. 55
............................................. 55
SODDING ........................................................................................................................ 55
SEEDING......................................................................................................................... 56
STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM
STRUCTURES................................................................................................................ 56
BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 56
PRECASTTYPE .......................................................................................................... 57
BASISOF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 57
MATERIALUSED ......................................................................................................... 57
CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 57
STREETSIGNS .............................................................................................................. 57
AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57
CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................ 57
SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING .................................................... 57
PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 58
EQUIPMENT............................................................................................................... 58
RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ..................................................................... 58
RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 58
VIEWERORIENTATION ........................................................................................... 58
LIGHTING................................................................................................................... 59
SPEEDOF TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 59
0 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................ 59
1 AREA OF COVERAGE ........................................................................................... 59
2 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ............................................................................... 59
EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL .................................................................. 59
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................ 59
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 60
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS ..................................... 60
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 60
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ..................... 60
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 61
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61
38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 61
38.10 COMPLIANCE .........................................................................................................61
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................ 64
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 64
41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES....................................................................................................... 64
Section IV.DOC iv 4/I 1/2011
'
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
�
u
,
'
1
'
'
,
'
'
�
,
�
'
'
lJ
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 64
41.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................65
41.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 65
41. 2. 2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 65
41.2.3 GATE VALVES ...................................................................................................... 67
41. 2. 4 VAL VE BOXES ..................................................................................................... 67
41. 2. S ITYDRANTS ...... .... . .. ..................... . . . .... .. ............... ..................... . ............. . .... . .. ...... 68
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 69
41. 2. 7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . ... . . ...... ....... ........ ............... . . ....... 69
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ................................................................................ 69
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 70
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 70
41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................70
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 70
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 70
41. 3. 3 SETTING OF VAL VES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS .. ... ....... ........... .. .............. . 72
41. 3. 4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES .......................... ............. ................... ... .. 73
41.4 TESTS ...........................................................................................................................73
41. 4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ........................................................................................ 73
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 73
41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 73
41. S.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 73
41. S. 2 FL USHING SYSTEM ... .... ..... .. . . . ... ...... ......... . . ... . .. . . . . . .. .. . . .... .. . ..... ......... .. . . ... . . .... .. .. 73
41. 5. 3 STERILIZATION PROCED URE .......................................................................... 74
41. S. 4 RESID UAL CHL ORINE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
41. S.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 74
41. 6.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 74
41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS .......................................................... 75
41 6 3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 75
, 41. 6. 4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VAL VES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND
COVERS 75
41. 6. S FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................... ... ............. ............... 76
,
'
'
'
LJ
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 76
43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 76
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 76
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ............................................................................................. 76
43.1.2 BASE COURSE ..................................................................................................... 76
43.1. 3 PRIME COAT ....................................................................................................... 76
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ............................................................................................ 76
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 77
43.1.6 COLOR COAT ...................................................................................................... 77
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ............................................................................................ 78
43.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 78
43. 2. 2 SITE PREPARATION . . . . . . ... ............ .. . . . ................................ .................. .. . .... . .. . . .. . 79
43.2.3 SLOPE ...................................................................................................................80
43. 2. 4 BASE CONSTR UCTION ... ... . . . . ......... ....... . . . .. ................................... . .. ................. . 80
, Section N.DOC
'
v
4/11 /201 I
43.2. S
43.2.6
43.2. 7
43.2.8
43.2.9
43.2.10
43.2.11
43.2.12
43.2.13
43.2.14
43.2.15
43.2.16
43.2.17
Section IV — Technical Specifications
PERIMETER CURBING ......................................
SURFACE COURSE .............................................
ROOT BARRIER ...................................................
FENCING.......................... ........ .. . . .................... ...
WINDSCREENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COURT EQUIPMENT ..........................................
SHADE STRUCTURE ...........................................
WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................
CONCR E TE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXISTING SPORT TENNIS CO URT LIGHTING
WATER COOLER .................................................
DEMONSTRA TION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WARRANTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
........ 81
........ 81
........ 81
........ 81
........ 82
........ 82
........ 83
........ 83
........ 83
........ 83
........ 84
........ 85
........ 85
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 85
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .......... 85
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ............................................................... 85
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 85
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ...................................................................... 86
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS .................................................................................................. 86
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 86
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 87
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 87
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 87
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 87
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 88
45.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 88
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ....................... 88
45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................88
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 89
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 89
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 89
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION .................................................................................... 90
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................
90
45.9 PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................................... 90
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING .................................... 90
46.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................90
46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS ........................................................................................... 90
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL ........................................................................................... 90
46.1.3 SAMPLES ..............................................................................................................91
46.1.4 REJECTION ..........................................................................................................91
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ..................................................................................................... 91
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ................................................................................. 91
46. 3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ........................................................................................... 91
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS ................................................................... 91
Section IV.DOC vi 4/11/201 ]
'
'
'
,
'
�
,
'
'
'
'
'
1
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
'
'
1
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
Section IV - Technical Specifications
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING ..................................................................................................... 91
46. 3. 4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 92
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 92
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ...................................................... 92
46. 4. 2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION .......................................................................... 92
46. 4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS .......................................................... 92
46.4. 4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ................................................................................ 93
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ...................................................................... 93
46.4. 6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 93
46. 4. 7 BACKFILLING ..................................................................................................... 93
46. 4. 8 POINT REPAIR .................................................................................................... 94
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 94
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ..................... 94
47.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 94
47.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................94
47.3 PIl'E .............................................................................................................................. 94
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 94
47.5 FITTINGS .....................................................................................................................94
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATION5 ........................................................................................ 95
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT ................................................................................. 95
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GLTNITE ................ 95
48.3 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 95
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 95
48.5 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................95
48.6 WATER ........................................................................................................................ 96
48.7 REINFORCEMENT ..................................................................................................... 96
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ...................................................................................... 96
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ........................................................................................ 96
48.10 PROPORTIONING .................................................................................................. 97
48.11 MIXING ....................................................................................................................97
48.12 APPLICATION ........................................................................................................ 97
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ..................................................................................... 98
48.14 SURFACEFINISH ...................................................................................................98
48.15 CURING ................................................................................................................... 98
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ................................................................. 98
48.17 INSPECTION ........................................................................................................... 98
48.18 EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................... 98
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION .......................... 99
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ................................................................................................. 99
49.2 PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................................. 100
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS .......................................................................... 100
49.3.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................100
49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 100
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ............................................... 101
49.4.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................101
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ..................................................................................... 102
Section IV.DOC
�;; ai� v2o> >
Section IV — Technical Specifications
49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 102
49.7 LINER MIX ................................................................................................................ 102
49.8 WATER ...................................................................................................................... 103
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 103
49.10 EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................... 103
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION .................................................................. 103
49.11.1 PREPARATION ..................................................................................................103
49.11.2 MIXING ...............................................................................................................104
49.11.3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 104
49.11. 4 PROD UCT TESTING . ..... .. . . .. . . . ........... ...................... . .. . . ..... ............. . . ...... . . ........ 104
49.11. S CURING .............................................................................................................. 104
49.11. 6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 104
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ... 105
49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................105
49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................105
49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 107
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS .......................................................................... 109
51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ........................................................... 109
51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 109
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS .................................................................................... 110
51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................110
51.2.2 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................110
Sl. 2. 3 CO URT PATCH BINDER MIX .......................................................................... 110
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ........................................................ 110
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE ......................................................... 111
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... 111
51.6 PLAYING LINES ....................................................................................................... 111
51.7 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 111
51.8 LIMITATIONS ...........................................................................................................111
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ........................ 112
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ................................................................................. 112
53.1 MATERIAL ................................................................................................................112
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL ................................................. 112
�3.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL : ............................................. 114
53.1. 3 MATTRESS WIRE ............................................................................................... 11 �
53.1. 4 GEOTEX7'ILE FABRIC ................... .. . .... . . .. ... .... ..... ....... ......... .................... . . . . .... 11 S
53.2 PERFORMANCE .......................................................................................................115
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................... 116
54.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................116
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ........................................................................................ 117
54.3 WORK METHODS .................................................................................................... 117
54. 3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHED ULING ....................................................................... 117
54. 3. 2 D UTIES PER SER VICE VISIT .............. ... ...................... .. . . . . . . . . .. . ......... . . ............ 117
54.4 LITTER .......................................................................................................................117
54.5 VISUAL CHECK ........................................................................................................ 117
se�t�on rv.DOc
��>;
4/1 ] /201 l
'
u
L_ J
'
,
1
�I
'
L _J
'
'
C
'
'
'
,
,
C�I
�J
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
'
'
'
'
54.6
54.7
54.8
54.9
54.10
54.11
54.12
54.13
54.14
54.15
54.16
54.17
54.18
54.19
5420
54.21
Section IV - Technical Specifications
PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... 117
PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) .... 118
DEBRISREMOVAL .................................................................................................. 118
TRAFFICCONTROL ................................................................................................ 118
PEDESTRIANSAFETY ........................................................................................
PLANT FERTILIZATION ..................................................................................... 118
WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA .................................................... 118
MULCHCONDITION ........................................................................................... 118
IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR ............................................................... 118
LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ................................................ 119
PALMFERTILIZATION ....................................................................................... 119
FREEZE PROTECTION ........................................................................................ 119
LEVELOF SERVICE ............................................................................................ 119
COMPLETIONOF WORK .................................................................................... 119
INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .......................................................................... 120
SPECIALCONDITIONS ....................................................................................... 120
55 MILLING OPERATIONS ........................................................................................... 120
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 120
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 120
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ................................................................................ 121
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 121
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF LJNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 121
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................. 122
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................. 122
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 122
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 122
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................... 122
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING .................................................................................. 122
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 122
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 123
57 RIPRAP ......................................................................................................................... 123
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 123
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 123
58
59
TREATMENTPLANT SAFETY ...............................................................................123
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 123
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 123
TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS .......................................... 124
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...................................................... 124
60 SIGNING AND MARKING ..........................................
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING ..............................................
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .......
Section IV.DOC ix
.................................. 124
.................................. 125
..................................125
.................................. 125
4/I1/2011
,
..•Section N— Technical Specifications '
62 TREE PROTECTION. ............................................................................................ 125
62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 125
62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 126 '
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 127
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES .............................................................................................127 '
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 127
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 127
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE .................................................... 128 '
...
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ............................................................................................ 128
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ............................................................................................ 128
63.6 POSTING ....................................................................................................................128 '
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ........................................................................................... 128
64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE ...................................................... 128
64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS ........................................................................................... 128 '
64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES ............................................. 129
'
,
'
,
'
'
'
,
,
,
Section N.DOC x 4/11/2011 ,
,
'
' 1
' 1.1
'
'
�_ J
'
�
,
CI
'
'
LJ
'
,
�
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
SCOPE OF WORK
SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project Name: CLEARWATER CONCENTRATE INJECTION DEEP WELL - PHASE 1
ect Number:
Scope of Work:
The work described in these Specifications and accompanying plans are for the construction and
testing of one Class V, Group 9 exploratory well to be constructed for the City of Clearwater,
Florida at their Water Treatment Plant No. 2 site (Figure 1). The proposed exploratory well will
be used to investigate the potential for injecting byproduct water from a new Reverse Osmosis
treatment plant (RO 2) into the Avon Park Formation. If conditions are suitable, the exploration
well will eventually be completed as a Class I deep injection well for disposal of up to 2.4 mgd
of RO byproduct.
The exploratory well will be drilled through aquifers containing brackish and saline water.
Flowing artesian pressure is not expected at this location. It is required that the brackish and
saline water from these aquifers be handled so that there shall be no spills upon the ground or
direct contact with any Underground Source of Drinking Water (USDW). Requirements are set
forth in these specifications regarding the handling of brackish water, drilling fluids, water
displaced during cementing operations, and drill cuttings. Additional requirements are set forth
for controlling the flow from the well during construction to retain spillage of water from drilling
and related operations. Four water-table monitoring wells will be installed around the drilling
pad. Any spilled fluids shall be returned to the closed circulation system. In the event of any
unusual incidents occurring during construction or testing activities (e.g. on-site spills, large
volumes of circulation losses, etc.) the CONTRACTOR will inform the ENGINEER
immediately so that the FDEP and other applicable agencies may be notified.
At the completion of drilling, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the closed circulation system
and other equipment that are not part of the completed well and leave the site in original or better
condition. Before demobilization is complete, the drilling pad for the exploratory well shall be
excavated and removed from the site and replaced with an 8' x 8' temporary square pad with
steel pipe barrier posts surrounding the exploration well.
The Contractor shall provide 1 fixed project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of
the Contract Documents.
CONTRACT PERIOD: 150 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS
� Secfion N.DOC Page 1 of 129 4/11/201 ]
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name: CLEARWATER CONCENTRATE INJECTION DEEP WELL - PHASE 1
Project Number: 09-0044-UT
The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1 � Sco e Of Work
2.1 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor
2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Cit
3 Definition Of Terms
4 Order And Location Of The Work
5 Excavation For Under round Work
6 Concrete
7 � Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work
8 Reinforcement
9 Obstructions
10 Restoration Or Re lacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement
11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkwa s
12 Dewaterin
13 ❑ Sanitary Manholes
14 Backfill
15 Street Crossin s, Etc.
16 Raisin Or Lowering Of Sanitar Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures
17 Unsuitable Material Removal
18 Underdrains
19 Storm Sewers
20 ❑ Sanitar Sewers And Force Mains
21 Draina e
22 ❑ Roadway Base And Sub rade
23 As haltic Concrete Materials
24 Ad'ustment To The Unit Bid Price For As halt
25 ❑ General Planting S ecifications
26 Hd e Deformed - Reformed Pi e Linin
27 Plant Mix Drivewa s
28 Re ortin Of Tonna e Of Recycled Materials
29 Concrete Curbs
30 Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewa s
31 Soddin
32 ❑ Seedin
33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures
34 � Material Used
35 Conflict Between Plans And S ecifications
36 Street Si ns
37 � AudioNideo Recordin Of Work Areas
38 Erosion And Siltation Control
39 ❑ Utility Tie In Location Markin�
Section N.DOC Page 2 of 129 4/11/2011
�
,
,
'
,
'
'
�
'
��
'
'
'
��
�
L. J
�
�
'
L1
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
�
,
'
'
,
,
'
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
E
2.1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and A
Gas System Specifications
Tennis Courts
Work Zone Traffic Control
Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining
Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining
Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe
Gunite Specifications
Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
Project Information Signs
In-Line Skating Surfacing System
Resident Notification of Start of Construction
Gabions and Mattresses
Lawn Maintenance Specifications
Milling Operations
Clearine and Grubbin�
U Ri ra
Treatment Plant Safet
Traffic Si nal Equi ment and Materials
❑ Si nin And Markin
❑ Roadwa Li htin
Tree Protection
Pro'ect Web Pa es
FIELD ENGINEERING
LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such
work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site
improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the
work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the
Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals
under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As-
built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III
(General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the
Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and
shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any
permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or
disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the
Section N.DOC Page 3 of 129 4/11/20ll
Section IV — Technical Specifications
proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land
Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida.
2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA
The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the
Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing
locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record
drawings for the project.
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the
rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
Far the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III,
ARTICLE 1- DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply.
For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that
the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a
basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not
assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated
quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate
of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations
pertaining thereto.
3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS
Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of
local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard
adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows:
AA Aluminum Association, Inc.
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AMA Acoustical Materials Association
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
Section N.DOC Page 4 of 129
'
�
,
'
'
'
J
,
J
'
i
'
'
��
�
L_J
�
�
'
4/11 /20l 1
'
'
'
'
IJ
�
�
'
i
C
'
,
,
,
�
'
�
L��
�
� Section N.DOC
�
APA
ASAE
ASCE
ASHRAE
ASME
ASSE
ASTM
AWG
AWMA
AWS
AWWA
CFR
CISPI
CRSI
CS
DEP
DOT
EPA
FAC
FBC
FFPC
FGC
FMC
FPC
FedSpec
HI
IBBM
IEEE
IPS
MIL
NAAMM
NBFU
NEC
NEMA
NFPA
NPT
NWMA
PCA
PCI
SBC
SBCCI
SDI
SFPC
SGC
SJI
SMACCNA
Section N — Technical Specifications
American Plywood Association
American Society of Agricultural Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
American Society for Testing and Materials
American Wire Gauge
Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
Code of Federal Regulations
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards
Department of Environmental Protection (Florida)
Department of Transportation (Florida)
Environmental Protection Agency
Florida Administrative Code
Florida Building Code
Florida Fire Prevention Code
Florida Gas Code
Florida Mechanical Code
Florida Plumbing Code
Federal Specifications
Standards of Hydraulic Institute
Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Iron Pipe Size
Military Specification
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
National Board of Fire Underwriters
National Electrical Code
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
National Fire Protection Association
National Pipe Thread
National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association
Portland Cement Association
Prestressed Concrete Institute
Standard Building Code (SBCCI)
Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
Steel Door Institute
Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI)
Standard Gas Code (SBCCI)
Steel Joist Institute
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National
Association
Page 5 of 129
4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI)
SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI)
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
TCA Title Council of America
UL Underwriters' Laboratories
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
'
'
�
,
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE '
WORK.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classifed as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a"Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
Section IV.DOC Page 6 of 129 4/11/20l 1
,
�
'
'
�
i
�'
�
�
�
'
LJ
i
�
�
'
�
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place,
excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
6 CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest
editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association,
the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing
shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix
concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to
5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
�
7.1
EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon
' which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry".
'
'
�
'
�
'
7.2 FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall
be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
springing.
8 REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
Section N.DOC Page 7 of 129 4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 22l (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements.
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work specified.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly,
and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains ar poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land
surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot.
Section N.DOC
Page 8 of 129
�
,
'
i
'
�
�
�
'
'
�
'
�
'
�
�
'
4/11/2011 '
'
'
'
�
�
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the
construction progress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction
activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
, any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission.
'
�
'
1
�
,
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater
treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for
Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre-
construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory
requirements.
12 DEWATERING
12.1 GENERAL
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
� The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
1 excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
'
'
'
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
Section IV.DOC Page 9 of 129 4/11/20ll
Section N — Technical Specifications
12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL
The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for
the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to
dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways.
Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must
collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The
following document has been incorporated into this section for reference...
12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED
GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE
ACTIVITY
City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental
Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities:
1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results
2) A copy of the FDEP Notification
It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have
any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance.
STATE OF FLORIDA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER
FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY
The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site
activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62-
620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the
listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites,
analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to
determine if contamination exists.
Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be
sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement
of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued
coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit
shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be
sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Screening Values for Discharges into:
Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters
Section IV.DOC Page 10 of 129
'
'
'
�
t
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
�
'
,
,
�
�'
,
4/11 /2011
'
'
I�
'
�
'
'
'
�
�
�
'
'
�
�
'
'
�
I
LI�
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/1
PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5
Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631 E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 µg/1
Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1
Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 29 µg/1
Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/I
Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/1
Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/1
Benzene 1.0 µg/I 1.0 µg/1
Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1
If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the
discharge is not autharized by this permit or by the Citv ofClearwater.
(a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which
may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds,
the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request
this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of
Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that
these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the
exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are
caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds.
(b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30)
days prior to discharge, and contain the following information:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued
to;
the name and address of the facility, including county location;
any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s);
a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and
longitude);
the name of the receiving water; and
the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit.
(c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the
Department.
For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0
units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless
the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of
this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units
Section IV.DOC
Page 11 of 129
4/] 1/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural
background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal
waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units,
the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural
background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH
of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this
permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration
of less than 1500 mg/1, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or
greater than 1500 mg/l.
In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from
floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on
surface waters.
If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph
(2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an
individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface
waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other
applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit.
If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any
source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having
to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed
activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office
within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during
discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge
Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department.
All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic
Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Section N.DOC Page 12 of 129 4/11/2011
�
'
�
�
,
�j
U
'
�
'
'
'
,
�
�
'
'
�
,
'
'
'
'
�
l;�
�
�
,
�
L�
�
'
'
,
�
�
Section N — Technical SpeciScations
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
13.2 PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5
inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be
a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum
concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance
to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by
the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered.
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5)
inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section N, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete —
Adjustment of Manholes.
13.3 DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS
' The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II
Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as
manufactured by W.R Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which
� Section IV.DOC Page 13 of 129 4/11/20ll
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have
the inside plastered with U2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below.
The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry
thickness of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227
Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite.
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources
as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or
debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
fill shall be similar material.
Backfll placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfll under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
15 STREET CROSSINGS. ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans
or as indicated by the Engineer.
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
Section N.DOC Page 14 of l29
,
,
,
�
�
�
'
�
'
�
�
'
�
,
�
�
�
'
4/11/20] 1
'
�
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
, All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer.
, 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
' and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation,
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
,
,
,
�
�
�
�
�
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
18 UNDERDRAINS
The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of
Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe
shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and
aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A#57 aggregate
may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be
stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8"
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification
For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of
46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189
described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 -
SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe
exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C,
manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of
splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60%
flatting and with a double gasket joint.
, Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe
with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure
to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall
� be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain
aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved
equal) per the construction detail drawings.
I 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
, Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted.
' Section IV.DOC
1
Page l5 of 129
4/11/20ll
Section IV — Technical Specifications
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above,
which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain
(specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway,
road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item.
19 STORM SEWERS
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless
otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941
of the current FDOT Specifications.
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent
(as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit
price for the pipe.
All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty
is found in the ftting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street
before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No
pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to ft. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and
not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that
the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout.
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes,
inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream
manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole
cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter)
19.2 TESTING
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all
conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer
which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration.
The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by
filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the
crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer,
whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or
exf ltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish
all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the
Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own
expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer,
remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No
trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be
acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
Section IV.DOC Page 16 of 129 4/I 1/2011
��
'
'
'
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
'
,
'
L_J
'
'
'
IJ
,
LJ
�
,
�
�I
�
�
�
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted,
measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of
storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price
includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap,
labor and incidentals, etc.).
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
20.1 MATERIALS
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON.
Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fttings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R.
35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly
marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber
sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying
length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet.
Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and
fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP
water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline
easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral
connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets
shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41.
A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line.
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
, FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile
iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications
� for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures
recommendations.
�
'
,
All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet
radiation shall be rejected.
20.2 INSTALLATION
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained
in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell I1NI B 5.
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable
1 width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and
compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be
' Section IV.DOC Page 17 of 129 4/11/2011
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted
haunching material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow
preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without
standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to
prevent flotation or misalignment.
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to
remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm
support of pipe.
Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an
approved water stop around pipe joint entry.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is
required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction
inspector the location of all new laterals.
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical
Specifications for water main pipe.
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings
describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from
the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings
will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main
pipes in manholes.
20.4 TESTING
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all
conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level
may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying
above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a
hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test
section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the
exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration eXCeed 50 gallon per inch of diameter
per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the
amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or
exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to
remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire
length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after
they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The
Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of
bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4-
inches shall be cause for rejection.
Section IV.DOC Page 18 of 129 4/11/2011
1
,
,
C�
�
�
'
,
,
�
�
�
�
�J
�
fl
L_,
�
'
,
��
'
'
'
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as
described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
' Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per
appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for
payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes.
' Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline
of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the
property line.
�
,
,
,
,
�
�
'
,
'
r--,
l__�
'
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete
the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering,
backfill and grading.
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of
these Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
21 DRAINAGE
The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the
progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them.
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
22.1 BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional
roadway base and subgrade items.
Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a
minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor
and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing
laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the
limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifcations will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs
Section IV.DOC Page 19 of 129 4/11/20] 1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done
to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can
commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material
shall be included in the bid item for base.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base
and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable:
1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the
prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a
minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a
FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item
price for base.
3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in
accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The
crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide
certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material
conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and
gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous
operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City
Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price
for base.
4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed
in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have
a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane
Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimiae reflective cracking unless otherwise
noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with
asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for
the work.
The soil cement base design shall be by a certifed lot under the direction of a Registered
Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design
shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement
shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer.
The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use
of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement
shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests
(i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be
at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil
cement design.
Section N.DOC Page 20 of 129
�� �
�
LI
,
�
'
�
1
�
�
'
�
�
�
�
'
'
'
�
4/] 1/2011
�
,
,
'
�
,
,
Section N — Technical Specifications
5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in
the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item
price for asphalt or base.
6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the
finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless
otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in
accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The
density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements
are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
I 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
,
,
1
'
'
,
�
�
,
,
,
'
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (U2"). Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if
so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item),
stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
22.2 SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall
have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by
the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of
the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in
accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing,
grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to
prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or
subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value
after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade.
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place
and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth
Section IV.DOC Page 21 of 129 4/11/20ll
Section IV — Technical Specifications
shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values
shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be
corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the
City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas
that are left in place (latest edition).
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in
the bid item for base.
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design
asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
23.1.1 AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections
901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT � QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous
materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance
procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing
laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all
materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons
include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to
determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along
with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable
specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent
testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract
documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of
removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the
Contractor.
Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the followin�
Section IV.DOC Page 22 of 129
�
�
'
�
,
��
�I
�
'
,
�
'
,
,
�
,
lJ
'
'
'
4/11/2011
,
'
�
�
�
�
'
'
'
LJ
1
,
,
'
'
u
II
�
,
�
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
1. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the
Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.23 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of'/4" or greater, the Engineer will
determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the
pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness
specified in the contract.
The Contractor shall notifv the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all asphalt.
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's
2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR
to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may
be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight.
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction)
COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches)
THICKNESS
(Inches) Type S—I Type S—I with Type S—IIl FC-3 Type S—III Type S—I
Type S—III with FC-3 with FC-3
Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer
1 st 2nd 1 st 2°a 1 st 2nd 1 st 2°a 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd
1 1 1
1'/2 1'/2
2 1'/4 3/4 * 1 1
2%2 1'/4 1'/4 1'/2 1 1'/2 1
3 1'/2 1%2 2 1 2 1
* At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets
Additional Notes:
l. Type S—III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only).
� Secrion N.DOC
'
Page 23 of 129
4/11/201 ]
Section IV — Technical Specifications
2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement
design detail.
5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S—III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed
limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000,
and all residential streets.
6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall
be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of
3000 or greater.
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
'
�
�
,
L'
�
�
1
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, '
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with
Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
23.6.1 CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by
the following steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
level of the surrounding roadway surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.6.2 POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
l. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
Section N.DOC Page 24 of 129 4/11/2011
�
1
�J
,
�
'
�
'
'
�
'
'
I I
�J
�J
,
�
'
,
r
�
,
,
r
LJ
Section IV — Technical Specifications
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall
be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each
item.
The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions:
The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The
riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless
steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron,
plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each
riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be
individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that
the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of
chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of
the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are
measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly
cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and
compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is
acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final
asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving
operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On
arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period
between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve
boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be
included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure
that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all
utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the
scheduled paving.
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
� 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer or Project Inspectar, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item
for asphalt.
�
�
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom
1 Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas
shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that
picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water
' Section N.DOC
'
Page 25 of 129
4/11 /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off
of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost
(including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/4" above the lip
or face of said curb per City Index 101.
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in
Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic
concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition).
2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to
Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise
specified in the Scope of Work.
4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack
and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching,
filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
Section IV.DOC
Page 26 of 129
'
�
'
��
�
'
�
LJ
,
'
,
�
�
�
'
'
�
,
4/11/2011
,
1
� Section IV — Technical Specifications
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
�
'
'
'
�
J
,
'
,
�
�
'
'
'
�
�
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the following provisions:
l. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than l 0% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT
shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's
internet site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing
Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index".
For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be
used for the initial determination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt
will be used for payment calculation.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made
for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
25.1 IRRIGATION
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic
underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor,
materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection
with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings
and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this
pay item.
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the
turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be
sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of
the Engineer.
25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation
subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope,
mainline, system pressure, controls, etc.
, Section IV.DOC
LJ
Page 27 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all
applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work
shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with
the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall
be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of
three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and
address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
"hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered.
a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and
maintenance.
b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and
maintenance.
25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground
improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting
requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of
main lines.
B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials.
G The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until
final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen,
or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the
contractor.
D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to
the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to
comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the
public.
25.1.1.3 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory
service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City
Section N.DOC
Page 28 of 129
4/ l l /2011
II
.,
,
��
�
�
LJ
��
�
,
'
�
'
�
,
,
,
'
',L
�
�
'
'
,
�
,
'
Section N — Technical Specifications
of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or
faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT.
25.1.2 PRODUCTS
25.1.2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations
from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
25.1.2.2 PIPING
A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and
� tested in accordance with these specifications.
B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40,
' conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the
mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80.
, 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to
, the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or
trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval.
' The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with
threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples.
'
'
�
r
�
J
.-,
��
�-,
i
�
,.
25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as
recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end.
B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The
Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe.
25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES
25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve
2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors
4. Non-Shock Safe-T-Shear Stem
' Section IV.DOC
'
Page 29 of l29
4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing
Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal.
25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/Z" IN. AND LARGER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
l. AWWA-G509
2. 2001b. O.W.G.
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
4. Deep socket joints
5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
7. Double disc
8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle
B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5'
long with a 2" square operating nut.
25.1.2.7 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater)
25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a
pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating
shall not be less than 150 psi.
B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic,
stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece
diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip
inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections.
D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable
from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California, or approved equal.
F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES
A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UN1K control timer use a Brooks #36
concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal.
B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
Section IV.DOC
Page 30 of 129
�
'
�
,
LJ
�
'
'
�
'
,
,
'
r
r-,
LJ
'
�
._�
'
4/l 1/2011
'
'
��
LJ
'
'
,
'
'
'
�
�_J
'
�]
'
,
,
'
�
'
Section N — Technical Specifications
C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION
25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION
with # 182002
A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear
polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning,
integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be
brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside
diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded
to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers
shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self-
flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper.
25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION
A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet
pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and
with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating
pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9
gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure
compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The
drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be
available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified.
Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum
system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius
shall be 7".
B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be
installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction.
25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES
A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each
independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the
beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and
connect directly to the dripline.
25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE
A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high
point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi.
25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds
per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating
accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high-
impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed
stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the
water passage.
Section IV.DOC
Page 31 of 129
4/11 /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS
A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial
size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be
constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance.
25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS
A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings
and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the
integrity of the subsurface irrigation system.
25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate
transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from
the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type
which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function
normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall
function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to
insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for
screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box.
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless
of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either
sequentially or independently.
D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station
run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a
seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed
on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to
the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of
manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California USA.
25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER
A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field
Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an
infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS
plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall
operate on one 9V alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad.
A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after
one minute when not in use.
C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of LINIK
Control Modules.
Section IV.DOC Page 32 of 129
n
�
,
'
'
�
LJ
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
�
'
'
,
'
4/11/2011
�
�
,
LJ
,
'
�
�
,
'
CJ
�
�
J
�
1
�
!�
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID
A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing
installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB
series valve.
B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.3 EXECUTION
25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general
details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary
shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed,
except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the
Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as
binding as if given to the Contractor.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by
outside authorities.
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically
mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions.
F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific
interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or
clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the
decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall
be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of
sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other
underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract
Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the
manner by which it relates to the installation.
H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that
obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or
specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be
brought to the attention of the Engineer.
I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving
prior to roadway base.
Section N.DOC Page 33 of 129 4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL
A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches.
Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on
Drawings.
B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all
lines of other trades.
C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.
25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING
A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe.
B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter
larger than '/2 in.
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition.
D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs.
F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per
AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed
95% of maximum density.
G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers or approved hand
tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more
than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall
have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to
prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities.
25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING:
A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on
Drawings.
B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated.
C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure
supply line.
D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between
site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original
Drawings, and without additional cost.
Section N.DOC
Page 34 of 129
'
'
�
�
'
�
�
'
�_J
�
�
'
L
,
�-,
u
J
�
�
�
4/11/2011
'
�
'
�
,
'
�
�
,
,
�
,
'
�J
LJ
Section IV — Technical Specifications
E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of
approved layout.
25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION
25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the
Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost
to the Owner.
25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install
lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own
outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Special Provisions.
D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the
male threads only.
25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER)
A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway,
utility andlor irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling.
2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water
pressure is on.
3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer.
C. Curing
' 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24
hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
'
,
D. Flushing the system:
1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control
valves and flush out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring.
' Section IV.DOC
,
Page 35 of l29
4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing
pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
accomplished at no additional cost.
25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS
A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans.
1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior
to installation.
25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the
top of the valve to finish grade.
B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other
equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer
than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways.
C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for
each sprinkler zone.
25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES
A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper
maintenance.
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill.
25.2 LANDSCAPE
25.2.1 GENERAL
25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal,
Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and
Special Conditions when required.
25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatary
agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and
environmental matters.
B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the
contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having
jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the
Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
��' � � �+�� � 7 : 7 � �T �T i � I ��
A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to
the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and
Section IV.DOC Page 36 of 129
,
1�.,'
'
�
L�
'
'
'
�
�
�
,
L_J
r
,
�
'
,
4/l 1 /2011
�
�i
�
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans,
Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
� B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to
prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish
grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish,
' plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to
execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans.
�
�,I
�
�i
,
�
�I
,,
C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to
prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will
appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the
landscape drawings.
D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document.
25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who
shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors
under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work,
shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their
commencement of work on the project.
B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices.
C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the
' Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the
Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate
and be considered the controlling document.
, D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among
persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape
' Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting
from compliance or non-compliance with these standards.
'
�
�
�
��
r-.
��1
E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is
built into or affects the work in this Section.
F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to
excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the
work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in
conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect.
25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance
period, two copies of typewritten instructions recomrnending procedures to be established
by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year.
B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor far all
specified work.
� Section IV.DOC
�
Page 37 of 129
4/l 1/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS
A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor
must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of
bidding.
B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of
the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void.
C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any
substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without
approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk.
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions
and warranties stated herein.
25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS
O.A. or HT.:
The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of
the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
C. T. :
C. W. :
SPR.:
Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with
no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or
similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf
sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms
or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the
fronds.
Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not
including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
ST. TR. :
Straight trunk.
MIN.:
Minimum.
GAL.:
O. C.:
DIA.:
L VS.:
Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc.
On center, distance between plant centers.
Diameter.
Leaves.
Section N.DOC Page 38 of 129
'
,
i
�� J
,
,
�
'
�
�J
�
�
'
�
'
�
i
�
4/11 /2011
'
�
, D.B.H.:
' CAL.:
,
B&B:
,
PPP:
i
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
�
'
'
'
Section N — Technical Specifications
Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above
grade.
Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade,
larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American
Association of Nurserymen.
Plants per pot.
FG:
Field grown.
STD.:
Standard, single, straight trunk.
Owner:
To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work
is performed.
Owner's Representative:
Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of
materials specified and execution of installation.
Contractor:
Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor.
Landscape Architect.�
This person or firm is the responsible representaxive of the Owner who produces the
landscape Plans and Specifications.
25.2.1.8
25.2.1.8.1
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
PLANT MATERIALS
A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune
prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark,
break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If
plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered.
B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected
from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have
been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be
pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than
1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less
than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B& B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall
have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch.
� Section N.DOC
�
Page 39 of 129
4/] U2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root
pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at
the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except
plastic shrink wrap for transport only.
E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches
of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a
minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling.
Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be
removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of
delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots
moist.
G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after
stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing
in a shaded area.
25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS
25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS.
A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions
under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project
Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of
conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become
available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and
following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape
Architect for adjustments to the Schedule.
C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting
procedures.
D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage
conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing
prior to planting.
E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns,
protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations.
25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon
award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy
Section IV.DOC
Page 40 of 129
4/11/20ll
'
C
'
,
'
i
,
�
LJ
'
LJ
��
,
'
�
��
iJ
�
l]
�
�
'
�
'
�
'
'
�
�
'
,
�
�
,
'
��
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The
Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule.
B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order
to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, andJor to maintain the
progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner.
C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written
reyuest from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend
delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the
Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any
additional costs which may result from work stoppage.
25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities.
Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.
Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties
concerned.
25.2.2 PRODUCTS
25.2.2.1 MATERIALS
25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE
A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material
Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of
Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint
Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names
accepted in the nursery trade.
25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in
the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the
species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant
diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in
leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant
materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided
tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable.
� C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality
for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II,
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition).
� D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at
the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with
requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area.
� Section IV.DOC Page 41 of 129 4/] ]/20ll
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by
governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that
are applicable to landscape materials.
F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit
Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape
Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source.
When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by
adjustment to Contract amount.
G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall
be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This
measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be
taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to
measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger
than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with
no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where
symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
L Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter
and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the
plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen.
Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B
procedures.
J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa
provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect
approves the substitution.
K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but
not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound
condition exists.
25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of
even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed
before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24
hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be
installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation.
B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place
Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
25.2.2.1.4 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a
pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan.
B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction.
Section N.DOC
Page 42 of 129
�
i
�
,
;�
i
,
'
�
�
'
�
�
�
�'
�
i -1
�J
�
�
4/11/2011
'
'
'
i
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
1
1
'
'
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER
A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for
application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags
bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully
conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws.
B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the
appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein.
C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for
all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling.
D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release
Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St.
Augustine grass at the rate of one (l) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square
feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the
nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be
1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than '/4 the
nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese,
iron, zinc, copper, etc.).
25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS
A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree
trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used.
B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper.
Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A
minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used.
C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with
a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2'' x 4"
by 16" wood connected with two - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk.
D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL
A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and
loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test,
prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be
unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to
the Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
B. When reyuired, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist
of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1".
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil.
There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of
calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,
roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or
� se�tson rv.DOc
'
Page 43 of 129
4/11 /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily
organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt.
D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of
Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width
of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil.
25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting
soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's
recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans.
25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION
A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed
so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree
within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at
breast height DBH at 4-%z feet above grade.
25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for
protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install
as directed by the manufacturer.
25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of
manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the
site.
25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's
directions.
25.2.3 EXECUTION
25.2.3.1 PREPARATION
25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities,
irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work.
B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation
of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a
relocated position for any materials necessary.
25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas
Section IV.DOC Page 44 of 129
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
�
�
'
�
'
'
'
'
,
'
�
4/11/2011
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical SpeciScations
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's
specifications.
1 B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been
achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting
bed.
' C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or
"Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect.
' D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals,
the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
' E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the
Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish
grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will
, conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface
drainage without puddling.
' F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1-'/z inches in any
dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated
material off the site.
'
'
'
1
'
,
25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of
Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the
full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8
inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface
drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release
fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's
Specifications.
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub-
grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches.
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth,
' even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf
flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing
yard drains.
CI
1
D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1)
pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed
granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form.
Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil.
� Section iv.DOC
�J
Page 45 of 129
4/ l l /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
25.2.3.2 I N STAL LAT I O N
25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated.
Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper
drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well-
drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 -
6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans
by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as
the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent
blockage of signage, etc.
B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material
schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the
normally accepted spacing for each species.
C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of
installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant
sizes.
D. Any necessary "minor' adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the
Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as
possible to the intent of the plans.
25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES
A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides
and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after
settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground
surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain
conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root
ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade.
C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved
equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting
tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the
middle and the bottom of the root mass.
Application rate:
Section N.DOC
Page 46 of 129
'
'
'
�
'
1
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
�I
U
'
�
'
,
4/11/201 I
'
�
'
�
�
'
'
,
1 gallon
3 gallon
5 gallon
7 gallon
Trees
Palms
Section IV — Technical Specifications
1 - 21 gram tablet
2 - 21 gram tablet
3 - 21 gram tablet
4 - 21 gram tablet
3 tablets each %z" (12 millimeters) caliper
7- 21 gram tablets
D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers.
E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the
base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the
sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all
tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of
the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade
Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in
among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection.
F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of
� the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly
water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade.
'
�
�
'
,
'
G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each
variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to
straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant
a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant.
H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free
Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree
angles in a triangular pattern.
I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved.
25.2.3.2.4 SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the
soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut.
B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made
to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen
per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place.
C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface
' edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub
areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying
sod.
�
,
�
'
D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water
shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50
millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the
application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will
prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to
keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
Section N.DOC
Page 47 of l29 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other
approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and
insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of
sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall
be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated.
F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean
silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be
leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable
wooden pins or by other approved method.
25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of
Transportation. See plan for type of seed.
25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound
nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum
of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used.
Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved
plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake
above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade.
B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be
used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x
16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a
minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade.
C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months
after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work.
D. Stake only trees that reGuire support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially
hazardous areas.
25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching.
B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied
mulch.
C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before
compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified
on the Plans or General Notes.
D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of
buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a
minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings.
E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed
in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched
clearance from the outside edge of annuals.
Section IV.DOC Page 48 of 129
,
C1
�
�
'
'
'
1
i�
u
�
,
'
�1
'
�
'
'
4/11/201 I
'
LJ
'
,
,
'
1
u
Section N — Technical Specifications
25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING
A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape
and form of the plant.
B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches,
and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree.
25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job,
keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess
soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying,
staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications.
25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION
' A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on,
about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards.
'
'
'
�
B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage.
C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to
landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms
as specified.
25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES
E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials,
property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees
' to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be
done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the
Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
,
'
'
,
25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the
beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds,
mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control,
replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections,
replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out
repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural
practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under
, Section IV.DOC
'
Page 49 of 129
4/11/2011
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the
University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance
practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy,
vigorous growth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of
water for all planted materials before leaving the site.
25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's
Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the
installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic
inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor.
25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any
part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set
forth in Plans and Specifications.
B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape
Architect that the correction has been made.
25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of
all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in
writing.
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the
terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty
period.
C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
l. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in
performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment
sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such
claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or
in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species
specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract
price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to
request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to
compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No
Section IV.DOC
Page 50 of 129
�
'
,
'
,
'
�
'
'
�
'
�
�
,
'
1
'
,
4/I 1/2011
'
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that
exceed specifications.
25.2.3.5 WARRANTY
'
'
'
26
A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a
period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is
either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no
charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation
during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper
materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same
with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant
shall be given the equal amount of warranty.
' 26.1
'
'
,
'
�
'
,
'
'
I''�
�
'
'
HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING
INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12"
sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and
form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic
sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and
functioning installation.
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for
prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the
installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system
has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The
installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system.
The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the
liner system and the installer.
26.3 MATERIALS
Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell
classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according
to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer,
from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material
shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum
property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements:
Material PropertX ASTM Method Value
HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi
Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi
Section IV.DOC Page 51 of 129 4/I 1/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in
Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi
Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F
At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be
homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or
deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by
the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable
requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from
field samples to the above requirements.
Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the
manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded.
Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design
calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading,
water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural
strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications
of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or
approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal
system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification andlor equal liner system
approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving
bids.
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractar to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean tY►e interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all properly and the
sewer from damage.
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal
in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to
control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the
City's treatment plants.
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
Section IV.DOC Page 52 of 129 4/11/20ll
'
,
�
,
,
'
LJ
LJ
,
�
'
�
'
�
,
,
,
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
�,
�i
J
Section IV — Technical Specifications
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the
full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner
product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods
approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe,
pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation.
Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or
problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of
irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner
shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confned spaces are to be met.
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer.
Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be
' resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected
unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be reyuested to reconnect
any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local
, system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of
door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project.
�
,
�
,
,
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
26.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully
completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS
' New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the
pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the
� exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified
for the street paving.
, Section IV.DOC Page 53 of 129 4/11/2011
,
Section N — Technical Specifications
When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment
shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways.
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted.
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above,
which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications
and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS
This Article deleted.
29 CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition,
all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the
Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs.
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted.
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
30
30.1
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
Section IV.DOC
Page 54 of 129
,
,
,
'
,
'
C�
'
,
'
'
�
�
�
,
,
,
,
4/1 l /2011
'
'
'
'
,
'
1
,
'
'
,
1
C�
,
'
�
'
�
,
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6)
inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted.
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
31 SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and
excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and
structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform
finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be
graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod
that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in
advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure,
soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract.
Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at no additional compensation. Any yuestions concerning the type of existing sod shall be
determined by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these
associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
eyuipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the
Section IV.DOC Page 55 of 129 4/1 ]/20ll
Section IV — Technical Specifications
basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
32 SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic
conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 5�0, 981, 982
and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used
instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye
Seed (to total 60 ]b. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required
that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured.
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
(including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER
STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to
235.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other
causes until acceptance of the work.
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index
Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of
concrete base.
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
Section IV.DOC Page 56 of 129 4/11/2011
'
,
'
,
,
'
'
'
�
�I
LJ
'
,
�
L
,
'
,
'
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
33.2 PRECAST TYPE
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to
secure proper seating and bearing.
Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and
' junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option.
1
'
�
J
'
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or
outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be
acceptable for storm structures.
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
34 MATERIAL USED
� This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED.
1
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
,
1
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
36 STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering
Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(latest edition).
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in
advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
37
37.1
AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS
CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording
taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a record of a pre-construction conditions.
37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING
The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in
any area.
Section IV.DOC Page 57 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation.
37.4 EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio
video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such
coverage shall be obtained by walking.
37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name,
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom
out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation
shall be recorded in SP mode.
37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the
camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
Section N.DOC Page 58 of 129 4/11/2011
�I
�
�
�
,
,
L
,
'
,
'
,
�
�
,
'
,
'
r--,
J
,
'
1
r
�
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
37.8 LIGHTING
All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when suffcient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute.
37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX
' All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number
and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of
' the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video
unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the
date.
LJ
'
�
,
�
'
'
'
,
�
�
L
37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults,
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or
right of way at any one time.
37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent
vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
Section IV.DOC Page 59 of l29 4/ll/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and
modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer
before installation.
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the
case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration
process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive
remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans.
During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of
contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area
tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
removal of sediment from the basin.
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is completed.
Section IV.DOC Page 60 of 129 4/11/2011
,
'
,
,
,
'
1
'
,
��i
�J
'
�
,
,
,
�
�
,
'
'
1
'
1
'
'
,
,
'
,
'
r,
u
J
'
�
'
1
1
,
Section N — Technical Specifications
Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever
stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the
contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be
restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction
activity.
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards:
a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time;
b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
38.9 MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
38.10 COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order".
City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods
that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
Section IV.DOC Page 61 of 129 4/ll/2011
Section N — Technica] Specifications
City of Clearwater - Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion control on their site.
The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of
soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The
procedure will be as follows:
lst occurrence - Warning
2nd occurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee
3rd occurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee
4th occurrence - Stop Work Order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify
the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly.
The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check.
If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact
Construction Services at 562-4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contact Engineering Department with speciiic questions at 562-4750.
Section IV.DOC Page 62 of 129
�
'
�
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
,
'
,
,
'
,
,
,
4/ 11 /2011
,
s �r � ir �r s � � � � � � � � r � r � �
Section IV — Technical Specifications
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF
EROSION VIOLATION
UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7— EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE
OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION
CONTROLLED SITE PR10R TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE.
Warning
$32.00 Re-inspection Fee
$80.00 Re-inspection Fee
Stop Work Order
CITY OF CLEARWATER
PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741
&
ENGINEERING/CONSTRUCTION 727 562-4750
DATE POSTED:
Inspector's Name: Received by:
(Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or
concurrence with findings of the inspector.)
Inspector's Signature:
IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE
ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED
Section N.DOC Page G3 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of
the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross
diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service
connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the
American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER
WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be
6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb
shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE
This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK
SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.
41
41.1
POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES
SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances
including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
Section N.DOC Page 64 of 129 4/11/20] 1
LJ
'
�
CJ
'
,
,
'
�
'
'
,
��i
r
�
'
�
'
�
'
'
,
'
�
�
,
1
J
,
�
,
C�
1
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.2 MATERIALS
41.2.1 GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be
of first yuality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and
glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during
shipment and construction.
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe
thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure
(In.) (PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
8" 50 0.27 350
12" 50 0.31 350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision.
41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
' Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA
C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241
and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D l 784.
C1
�i
, _,
,
�
I`
L.._�
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible
for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
Section N.DOC Page 65 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length
(OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft)
4 18 150 20
6 18 150 20
8 18 150 20
Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use
of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage.
The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross
section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage
and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material
for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid
strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18-inches between each piece of
tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above
the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve
box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed
nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit
approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows.
41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with
ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in
accordance with requirements of ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be
350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of
ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with
ANSUAWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest
revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be
acceptable.
41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical
restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be
restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants
shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors.
41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING
All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing
spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing.
Section IV.DOC Page 66 of 129 4/11/201 ]
'
'
�
�
,
'
,
,
�
LJ
'
'
'
,
�
,
,
�
'
'
,
�'
II
�
�J
i��
,
,
'
,
,
'
Section N — Technical Specifications
Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris
within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by
the Engineer.
41.2.3 GATE VALVES
Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect
to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be
handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped
with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable
for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left
(counter clockwise).
Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated
at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body.
Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall
be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves.
Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves.
Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed.
Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient
seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSUA.W.W.A. Standard
Specifcation C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent
with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure,
all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion
resistent bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside
and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body..
� Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the service
intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance
with ANSUAWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full
� opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be
equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and
scrapers and valved by-pass.
LJ
'
'
�
'
�
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron.
No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3-piece valve
box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate
different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown.
The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the
bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve
pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and
pad detail.
Section IV.DOC Page 67 of 129 4/11/20l 1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.2.5 HYDRANTS
No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the
City of Clearwater potable water system:
� Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant,
• Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant
� AVK Nostalgic 2780.
• American Darling B-84-B.
No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502
and include the following modifications:
1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery.
2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard G502 latest revision and must be UL/FM
listed.
3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure.
4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom
with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections
with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts
not allowed.
6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction.
7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and
corrosion due to moisture.
8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate
operation.
9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-1 /2-inch) pentagon nut.
10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into
upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device.
11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber.
12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O-
rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe.
13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections
with a breakable coupling.
14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories.
15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open.
16. Hydrant shall be without drains.
Section N.DOC Page 68 of 129
,
LI
�
'
�
'
'
�
'
'
'
CI'
��
�J
'
�
�
�
4/ 11 /2011
'
!
�
,
JI
Section N — Technical Specifications
17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle.
Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread
Specifications.
18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with
AWWA standard G502-85 or latest revision.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502.
' Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the
hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement
of the hydrant.
�
,
'
��
All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be
shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of
Clearwater's Engineering Department.
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service
connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2-inch
service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202
series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel
straps.
' 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA
� Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests
shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
�
LJ
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and
no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory
material shall be used.
3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
� 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer
shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
�
'
,
r
'
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are
installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from
the City and installed by City work forces.
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service
connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision.
Section N.DOC Page 69 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required,
is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible
backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are:
1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting,
approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the
assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of
two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated
pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include
tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be
fitted with properly located test cocks.
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES
Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body
tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts,
manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug.
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs are not allowed.
41.3 CONSTRUCTION
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING
Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be
hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage.
materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall
already on the ground.
,
�
'
'
'
�
�
'
LJ
,
loaded and unloaded by lifting with �
Under no circumstances shall such
not be skidded rolled against pipe
2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his
expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or
near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING
41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb.
All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization
of the pipe can be completed.
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42-
inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and
obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of
Section IV.DOC Page 70 of 129 4/11/2011
,
�
�
�
��
�
II
�_ �
,�--,
�,,
J
,
�
'
'
'
�
�
;I
�
�
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall
have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with
the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions.
41.3.2.2 I NSTALLATION
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by
the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and
hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or
other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective
coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench.
If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall
be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs
or rejection of the damaged items.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above
the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with
particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings
shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe,
� and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry
and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations.
'
I'�
'
�
i
�i
�
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being
placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without
getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy,
woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is
to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials
shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent
dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight
plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at
right angles to the axis of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
� Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom
and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
i
,
�
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane
to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of
Section N.DOC Page 71 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSUAWWA C600-82
and C900 81 or latest revisions.
No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
41.3.3.1 GENERAL
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified
above for installation of pipe.
41.3.3.2 VALVES
Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless
shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-
inches from the main line.
The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement
or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for
potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed
water valve box and pad detail.
41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-
feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant
location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves.
Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed
on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department.
All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an
independent 6 inch gate valve.
41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of
hydrant connecting swivel joints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on
the plans.
Section N.DOC Page 72 of 129 4/l 1/20l 1
,
�
�
L�I�
C
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
'
,
�
'
�
LJ
�
�
'
'
1
'
'
'
'
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this
contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made
until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and
the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in
a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions.
All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to
existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of
the City of Clearwater Water Division.
41.4 TESTS
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps,
' all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per
square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All
mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic
' test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to
the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary
apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense.
��
�
�
��
'
�
'
'
'
'
The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for
the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of
the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
41.5 STERILIZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance
with AWWA C651.
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal
Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron".
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not
available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices
generally at the ends of the lines.
Section IV.DOC Page 73 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more
than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and
closed several times during the contact period.
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free
residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in
accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of
Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water
from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward
the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination
in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform
organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of
such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in
operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above.
If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in
accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have
the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall
be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of
Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental
Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation.
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
41.6.1 GENERAL
Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment
for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the
items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor,
equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the
following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work:
• Clearing and grubbing
• Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
• Shoring and/or dewatering
• Structural fill
• Backfill
• Grading
• Tracer wire
Section N.DOC Page 74 of 129
C�
�
'
�l
�J
'
'
'
'
'
�_�
�
�
'
,
�
,
'
,
4/11/2011
'
'
�
Section N — Technical Specifications
• Refill materials
� • Joints materials
• Tests and sterilization
• Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
'
'
'
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
41.6.2.2 PAYMENT
� Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation.
' 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT
� The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings
satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body
, of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the
tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight
will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance.
'
,
,
'
41.6.3.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings.
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES
AND COVERS
41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and
installed.
' 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant,
labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover.
�
�
1 Section IV.DOC Page 75 of 129 4/11/2011
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed.
The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in
Section 41.2.5. No exceptions.
41.6.5.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust
anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the
hydrantlead.
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
This article not applicable.
43 TENNIS COURTS
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS
All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per
1,000 square foot.
Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into
the Engineer's Office.
43.1.2 BASE COURSE
Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the
same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical
Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required.
Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to
applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
43.1.3 PRIME COAT
The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RG250 and shall
conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications
for Road and Bridge Construction".
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE
A Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in
Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be
constructed running East and West.
Section IV.DOC Page 76 of 129 4/11/2011
'
'
�
,
,
'
�L �
,
'
1
,
'
��
'
t�
�
�
'
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight
� edge. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be
leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
�
'
'
'
�
'
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE
Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section
331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed
running North and South.
Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface
shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as
approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will be
approved. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should
be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.6 COLOR COAT
43.1.6.1 MATERIALS
Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically
for Tennis Court Application.
All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for
approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening
� approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along wit
date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material.
' 43.1.6.2
43.1.6.2.1
,
'
CONSTRUCTION
SURFACE PREPARATION
of bids. In requests for
h the name, address, and
The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials.
Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor
depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor
shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations for use.
� After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency
of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed
and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
�
'
,
In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of
resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the
Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not
require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and
rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix.
No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured.
� se�tion rv.DOc
'
Page 77 of 129
4/11/20ll
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE
The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required.
Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to
provide a medium speed surface for tennis play.
The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all
other others.
The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks.
43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES
Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall
be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint.
43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be
conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50
Degree's F and rising.
NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all
base and asphalt related work.
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS
43.2.1 GENERAL
43.2.1.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay
tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of
work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface
irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal.
43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the
Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data
for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the
evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is
properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work
contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid
shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court
installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The
Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5)
years. The yualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a
determining factor in the award of the Bid. �
Section IV.DOC Page 78 of 129 4/11/20l 1
'
'
�
�
�I
�
�
L�
�
,
�
�
�J
'
'
'
,I�
'
'
CJ
'
1
'
�
,
'
'
�
J
'
�
'
,
�I'�
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.1.3 STANDARDS
The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards
for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis
Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall
construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment.
43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES
The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will
waive all permit fees.
43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT
The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The
Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance
with the specifications and drawings.
43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area
adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within iifty (50)
feet of the site shall be provided.
43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE
The Owner desires to award the contract to iirms who will complete this project in a reasonable time
schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and
complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole
discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed."
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION
43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY
The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts.
43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION
' The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence
surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area.
Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing
tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed
' location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not
suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new
courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and
' disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled
materials.
i
1 Secrion IV.DOC Page 79 of 129 4/11/2011
��
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE
The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade
elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the
maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall
provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE
The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a
tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away
from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not
less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The
contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.3 SLOPE
43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one
plane, as indicated on the drawings.
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION
43.2.4.1 LINER
Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a
minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to
deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows:
a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade.
43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE
The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality
Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall
be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade.
43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four
(4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and
one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6)
water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe
trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and
solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system.
Section N.DOC Page 80 of 129 4/11/2011
�
1
�
LJ
'
'
'
,
'
,
�
'
'
�
�'I�
,
,
'
�
,
,
'
Section IV — Tecluiical Specifications
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING
, 43.2.5.1 CURB
'
,
'
'
'
'
Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-
quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation.
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE
43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE
A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed
over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall
be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem
roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by
more than one-eighth (1/8) inch.
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER
Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside
edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent
plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts.
43.2.8 FENCING
43.2.8.1 DESIGN
The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and
' described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design
Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published
specification.
,
�
��
�
'
,
�
'
43.2.8.2 POSTS
All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT-25 pipe
with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system.
43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC
Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with
PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages.
43.2.8.4 GATES
Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages
gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates
consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a
center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the
latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or
plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of
the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit
Section N.DOC Page 81 of 129 4/l 1/2011
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6)
foot nominal height.
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS
The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of
design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high-density
polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on
center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties.
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT
C � �i I � �i � 1 ��� i Y � 1 � 1.17_� � [ �1 � ��
Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width
and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between
posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court.
43.2.10.2 NET POSTS � SLEEVES
Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven-eighths
(2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net
tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support the net a height
of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC
to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation.
43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR
A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA.
43.2.10.4 NET
A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have
black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior
treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material
treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a
diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post
shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner.
Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc.
43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP
Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide
buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the
center strap anchor.
43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES
Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly
secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning
shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA.
Section IV.DOC Page 82 of 129 4/11/2011
'
'
,
�
�I
'
'
�
,
,
'
LJ
'
�
,
�
�
'
I�
1
'
�
,
��
I��
,
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
Deliver the following equipment to the owner:
1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse
transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine.
2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline.
3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline.
4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle
brush; with fence hook cast aluminum.
5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline.
6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher' exact installation
location by Owner.
7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels.
8. Court Rake (1 each) — six-foot length aluminum.
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE
' Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8"
— 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide
concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture.
, 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable)
The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square
' inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water
per minute for each court.
�
,
'
�
�
'
,
'
43.2.13 CONCRETE
Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and
potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch
maximum slump.
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING
43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical
engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting
fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary
information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the
existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles
the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be
submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval.
Section N.DOC Page 83 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP
The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light
pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps.
43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT
The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development
Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works.
43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES
The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The
City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other
miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the
Contractor.
Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts.
This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High
Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart.
Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information:
Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS
Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fxtures and place on pole TS
Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS
Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole TS new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2
circuits
Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS
Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS
Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS
Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles.
Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan
relocation light poles accordingly.
43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS
Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the
Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize eXisting conduits.
New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the
cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles.
43.2.15 WATER COOLER
43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of
the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department
for approval.
Section IV.DOC Page 84 of 129 4/l 1/2011
'
r
,
�
'
�
'
L
'
,
�
'
'
,
,
,
,
�
,
,
'
�
,
�
'
'
,
,
'
�
�
,
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN
Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal.
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION
Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment.
43.2.17 WARRANTY
43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all
equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project.
43.2.17.2 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective
materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion.
43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM
The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two
years from the day of completion.
44
44.1
WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC
CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic
control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard
warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary
at outlying points.
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits
issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project,
incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic
Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management
Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent
addition.
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists
� and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be
achieved by meeting the following specific objectives:
1 Section N.DOC Page 85 of 129 4/] l/2011
t
Section IV — Technical Specifications
• Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
• Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he
proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
� Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or
maintenance work zones.
The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved
temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone
pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be
prov ided by appropriate signs".
2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum
standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements
increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole
access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road
or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break"
season with prior approval by the City Engineer.
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards.
44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by
the construction process.
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
Secrion IV.DOC Page 86 of 129
,
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
,
'
,
�
'
�
�
,
�
�
4/11 /201 l
�
LJ
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
' Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for
larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
' 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
�
1
�
I
�
'
,
,
,
�
'
'
'
44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
GView Release
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS
44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days.
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a
specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone
562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed trafiic control plan. All
maintenance of trafiic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an
individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida.
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION
The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control
devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make
known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor
shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffc control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction
costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of
Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control
in the proposal form.
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
' The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the
Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control
Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety
, Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation.
This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these
� Section IV.DOC Page 87 of 129 4/11/2011
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor
will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the
project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite
Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control
and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine
deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of
an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to
provide alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be
grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated
Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary
suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be
necessary for project maintenance and safety.
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING
45.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and
storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin
impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand
exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete,
fully restored and functioning installation.
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor
prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to
be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must
exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and
satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed
in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certifed by the liner system
manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to
approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer.
45.3 MATERIALS
The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and
qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following
properties:
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi
Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi
Section IV.DOC Page 88 of 129
1
1
,
'
1
'
�
lJ
L�
'
'
'
'
�
,
'
'
�
4/l 1 /2011
'
l
J
�
r
r
�
�
i
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by
the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete
design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic
loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural
strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of
Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis,
Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-
0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as
an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalifcation and/or equal liner
system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for
receiving bids.
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
� It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to
, liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic,
residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all
� necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage.
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in
accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the
� rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment
plants.
�
,
'
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all
pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on
DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be
designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the
pipe.
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION
� Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the
interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the
liner manufacturer mcluding operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals.
' The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during
the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping
should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be
, smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive
wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced
by the Contractor at his expense.
�
, Section IV.DOC Page 89 of 129 4/I 1/2011
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to
manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered
during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City.
The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later
date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for
normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the
construction project.
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inopera
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor
occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible
damage costs and claims.
45.9 PAYMENT
approved by the Engineer. At no
tive for more than an eight-hour
. In the event that sewage backup
for cleanup, repair and property
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass
pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a
fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
46
46.1
46.1.1
SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING
MATERIALS
PIPE AND FITTINGS
The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high
density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas,
Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved
equaL Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest
edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or
manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the
compound used in the pipe.
To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be
of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied.
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus
maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound
except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the
Section IV.DOC Page 90 of 129 4/11/201 l
�
�
r
'
�
^
J
,
'
r
LJ
,
'
�
�
'
�
�
,
�
'
'
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes,
� foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index,
and other physical properties.
,
�
r
'
The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in
plant blending is not acceptable.
The Engineer may request, as part of the yuality control records submittal, certification that the pipe
produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from
manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM
standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the
testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected
locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350,
10.1.9.
46.1.3 SAMPLES
The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties
, of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested
by an independent laboratory.
'
'
46.1.4 REJECTION
Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this
specification.
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS
Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless
' otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified
by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work.
�
i
!J
'
�
'
�
,
'
'
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE
Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the
pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is
not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be
cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion
joining method.
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING
Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground.
The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's
Section IV.DOC Page 91 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt
fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of ineeting all conditions
recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements,
alignment, and fusion pressures.
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections
of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars
should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or
gouging the pipe.
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS
The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes:
12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer.
16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer.
18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer.
21'/z-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer.
28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer.
34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer.
42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer.
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION
The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or
insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a
bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be
determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the
liner.
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS
All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the
specifying engineer or his representative.
Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be
determined by the engineer.
An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the
polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the
liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the
diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The
required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the
water table.
Section IV.DOC Page 92 of 129 4/ll/2011
II
�
�'
,
'
�I
L��
�
,
'
'
�
,
�
'
�
'
,-,
IJ�
'
�
J
'
�
C�
,
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER
After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and
removed for the full length of the access shaft.
A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be
connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer.
Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the
project requirements.
Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion.
' Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours
shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the
liner pipe to stress relieve itself.
'
,
�
'
'
�
'
1
'
i
'
�I
��
,
The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates.
After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall
be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming.
Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties.
Products used shall be approved by the engineer.
The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or
other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement.
The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of
access to the area, and the working space available.
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and
installation of the liner.
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED
After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe
connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe.
Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene
gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is
accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands.
46.4.7 BACKFILLING
All excavations shall be backflled using on site materials or as specifed by the engineer. Cost for
backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for
sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will
be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the
locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate
protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be
arranged for by the contractor.
Section N.DOC Page 93 of 129 4/1 ll2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR
The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been
demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for
each repair.
The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of
the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe
should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner.
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS
All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor.
Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be
graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in
street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer.
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE
47.1 SCOPE
This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm
water.
47.2 MATERIALS
All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter".
The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic.
47.3 PIPE
The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory
assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. Standard
laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than
15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths.
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM
Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to
manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight
joint.
47.5 FITTINGS
All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved
equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe.
Section IV.DOC
Page 94 of 129
�
�
�
LJ
'
LJ
C�
,
'
�
C�
�
�
,
'
,
�
J
,
�
4/11/2011
'
'
,
48
' 48.1
,
'
,
,
'
'
II
�
,
'
CJ
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT
Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio
of 1.5 (one and one ha�� cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1(one) cubic foot (7.50
gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide
penetration in the operator's judgment.
Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for
Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland
Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot.
Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable,
sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon.
Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate
pressure to penetrate the area.
All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer.
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE
Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and
Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
Michigan, except as modified by those specifications.
Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set
and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications.
The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified
strength.
48.3 COMPOSITION
Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a
concrete suitable for pneumatic application.
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
, Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete
which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have
a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi.
, 48.5 MATERIALS
Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the
� American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for
Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per
cubic foot.
1
' Section IV.DOC Page 95 of 129 4/l 1/201 l
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong,
durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing
Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates.
Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture.
Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits
Passing No. 3/8 Sieve
Passing No. 4 Sieve
Passing No. 8 Sieve
Passing No. 16 Sieve
Passing No. 30 Sieve
Passing No. 50 Sieve
Passing No. 100 Sieve
48.6 WATER
Water used in mixing,
acid, alkali, vegetable,
pounds per gallon.
100%
95% to 100%
80% to 100%
50% to 85%
25% to 60%
10% to 30%
2% to 10%
�
'
r
u
�
'
'
at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, '
sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33
48.7 REINFORCEMENT
Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to
the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded
Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire
conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82
and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7.
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall
be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment.
Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the
inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling.
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION
Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets
shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and
cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to
the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall
be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose
particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting
with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi.
Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to
remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all
particles from the cleaning operation.
Section N.DOC Page 96 of l29 4/11/2011
�
'
i
'
C�
,
'
�
�
,
�
LJ
'
�
,
,
'
CJ
1
,
'
'
LJ
Section N — Technical Specifications
To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water
prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running
water exists.
48.10 PROPORTIONING
Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of
cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience.
Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required.
If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all
materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring
materials shall be subject to approval.
48.11 MIXING
Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large
particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become
damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be
cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the
drum at regular intervals.
Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of
water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as
required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement,
including the water contained in the aggregate.
Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without
being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused.
48.12 APPLICATION
� Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be
placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32
degrees, Fahrenheit.
r--,
�J
�
'
'
Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed.
Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the surface as
practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If
the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the
nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such
defects shall be replaced as the work progresses.
Guniting shall be suspended if:
1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle.
2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected.
Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as
' detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities,
depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite
reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of inesh shall be used
� Section IV.DOC Page 97 of 129 4/11/20ll
CJ
Section IV — Technical Specifications
for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing
reinforcement.
The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be
sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the
surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with
succeeding applications.
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably
at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall
be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet.
48.14 SURFACE FINISH
Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to
ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal.
After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove
high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true,
flat surface.
After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except
where a special type finish is specified on the drawings.
48.15 CURING
Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77
depending upon atmospheric condition.
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION
During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may
be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately
protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing,
as the surroundings permit.
48.17 INSPECTION
Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection
during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with
sound material.
48.18 EQUIPMENT
Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type
or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry
mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the
delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity
that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the
upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to
Section N.DOC Page 98 of 129 4/11/2011
'
�
�
'
1
'
�
'
�J
'
�
,
,
'
'
�
�
�
�
'
�
�
LJ
'
�
'
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which
shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of
air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall
be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on
critical parts.
Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The
maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet
although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure
measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives
requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose:
Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press.
(cfm) (In.) (In.) (psi)
365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60
600 2 2 80
750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90
' For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be
increased by 5 psi.
� Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity
to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose
delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air
, consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment
shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the
required material velocities.
1
,
i
'
�
'
'
'
Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the
operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line
water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The
water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating).
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of
manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these
specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations
for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and
to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will
submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be
met.
Section IV.DOC Page 99 of 129 4/I 1/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
49.2 PAYMENT
Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed
liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment
will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per
linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including
necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction;
Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors
necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot;
Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete
and operable system.
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS
49.3.1 MATERIALS
49.3.1.1 LINERS
Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound
vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise
stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The
contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely
responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for
fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753.
49.3.1.2 MORTAR
,
�
,
,
,
��
,
'
'
,
Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts '
clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve.
49.3.1.3 GROUTING
Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean,
well graded sand.
49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal
of the manhole ring and corbel section.
Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care
is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole.
Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the
manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner.
If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar.
Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing
inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts.
Section IV.DOC Page 100 of 129 4/l l/20ll
�
�
L
i
,
�
�I
�.
CJ
i
1
'
'
L_ �
'
'
'
,
�
'
,
'
l_ J
�
�:
Section N — Technical Specifications
Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout.
Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of
the liner and the inside wall of the existing manl�ole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible.
Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an
adequate bottom seal.
Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the
existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal
the area around the manhole liner and piping.
Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout.
Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure.
Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed.
Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage.
Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod.
Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and
compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface.
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious
liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal
MS 2 product.
Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator
must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The
applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal
MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a
minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the
installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following
specifications which includes:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious inix to form a monolithic liner in a 2
coat application.
49.4.1
, 49.4.1.1
'
'
�
�
�
�
,
MATERIALS
PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and
shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM G109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi
3. Bond (ASTM C-952)
Section N.DOC
28 days, 150 psi
Page 101 of 129
4/11 /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
4. Cement
5. Density, when applied
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Sulfate resistant
105 +/- 5 pcf
Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM G 109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
49.6 GROUTING MIX
Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to
the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day
compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi.
49.7 LINER MIX
Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces
and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi
2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi
3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi
4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H.
5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi
6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall
be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot.
Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to
5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead
content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight.
Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used accarding to
the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide
conditions.
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site.
Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per
cubic foot.
Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag.
One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108
pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume.
Section IV.DOC
Page 102 of 129
i
'
�
�
C�
�
�
'
'
'
�I
,
�
�
�J
'
�
�
4/11/2011
'
,
��
�
�J
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater
than 5/8" in height.
Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any
heavy metal.
Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process.
A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough
� troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray
applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth
finish.
'
�
'
'
'
�
��
�
�
`
�
�
LJ
�
'
49.8 WATER
Shall be clean and potable.
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
49.10 EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of
producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles
with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete
with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment
is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric
brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic
system and air compressor.
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.11.1 PREPARATION
1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to
prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole.
2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure
water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be
removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick
setting patching mix.
3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the
manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the
infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick
setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling
may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's
recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required.
' Section IV.DOC
�
Page 103 of 129
4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting
mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material.
49.11.2 MIXING
For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the
Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been
placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with
timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each
application is complete.
49.11.3 SPRAYING
The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running
water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks,
crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light
troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first
application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15
minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a
minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being
careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish
may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall
be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench
covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the
walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall
bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection.
The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to
active flow.
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING
At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or
from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or
Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109.
49.11.5 CURING
Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is
imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed.
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into
the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and
the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to
drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty
Section IV.DOC
Page 104 of 129
,
'
i
�
i
'
,
Jt
I
'
,
'
�
�
,
�
J
�
�
�
4/11/2011
'
,
'
,
�
�
'
'
,
'
�
Section N — Technical Specifications
eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for
seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall
be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the
Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT
SYSTEM
49.12.1 SCOPE
Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring
structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infltration by means of:
1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration
2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows:
a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or
b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks
3
4
�
Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing)
Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch
Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils
49.12.2 MATERIALS
49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT
' A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to
instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The
repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have
' the following properties:
Set Time 1-3 minutes
� Tensile Strength 1 day 510 psi
ASTM C 307 3 days 745 psi
28 days 855 psi
�
�
i
,
i
i
'
Compressive Strength
ASTM -C 109
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78
49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING
1 day 3,125 psi
7 days 7,808 psi
28 days 9,543 psi
1 day 410 psi
3 days 855 psi
28 days 1,245 psi
Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one
or both of the following materials:
Section N.DOC Page 105 of 129 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and
voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows:
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Bonding Strength
380 psi ASTM D 3574-86
400% ASTM D 3574-86
250-300 psi
'
'
�
'
2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent
seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of '
manhole. Physical properties are as follows:
Density
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Shrinkage
Toxicity
49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING
8.75-9.171bs/gal ASTM D-3574
150 psi ASTM D- 412
250% ASTM D-3574
Less than 4% ASTM D-1042
Non Toxic
A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system
combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal
and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three
components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the
substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the
passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately
six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows:
Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement
ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi
Tensile Strength
(7 day cure)
ASTM C 190
Permeability
(3 day cure)
CRD 48 55
49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING
380 psi (2.62 MPa)
325 psi (2.24 MPa)
8.1x10 llcm/sec to
7.6x10 cm/sec
at 100% RH
at 50% RH
�
�
��
,
�
,
'
�
A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide �
corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties:
Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Ars 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days
Ashn C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000
Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000
Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08
Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage
Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength Z00 - 230 Psi Tensile
Section IV.DOC
Page 106 of 129
i
�
�
�
4/ll/2011
'
,
,
Astm C 457
LJ
'
�
'
'
1
,
,
'
1
u
'
1
'
Ashn C 497
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Air Void Content (7 Days)
Pomsity/Adsorption Test
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
3%
4-5%
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a
dark grey color.
49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied
to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include
sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at
75 degrees F:
Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume
Color (other colors available on request)
Pot Life, hrs
Tensile Strength, psi, min
Tensile Elongation, %
Water Extractable Substances, mgJsq. in., max
Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi
49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
1:1
Light Gray
1
2,000
10 —20
5
1,800
Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK,
Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil,
Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others.
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW
Work shall proceed as follows:
1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client.
2. Clean manhole and remove debris.
a. Plug lines andlor screen out displaced debris.
b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease.
c. Hydroblast andlor sand blast structure.
d. Remove debris from work area.
' 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement.
(Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required
by client.
� Section N.DOC
,
Page 107 of 129
4/] 1 /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration.
5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as
needed.
6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces.
7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces.
NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6)
shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to
cement lining.
49.12.3.2 PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs
shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any
loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines
and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens.
49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks
and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization.
49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam.
1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface.
2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Inject material until water flow stops.
4. Remove fittings (if necessary).
49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS
1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forming an undercoat.
2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand.
3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal
forming process.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks.
5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat.
6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining.
49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING
1. Dampen surface.
2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application.
Section IV.DOC
Page 108 of 129
�
�
�
'
�
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
�
'
�
'
'
4/11/2011 � �
'
'
'
i
,
'
�
'
�
�
,
��
��
�
,
�
�l
Section IV — Technical Specifications
3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches)
has been achieved.
4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole.
5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish.
6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating.
NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing
times.
49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING
Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a
thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as
epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours.
49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP
The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area.
49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into
the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and
the vacuum pump shut of£ With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to
drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty
eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for
seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall
be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the
Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12.3.10 WARRANTY
All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years,
provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used.
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS.
' S1 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM
�
'
51.1 SCOPE
1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over
recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the site
plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex
System.
� Section N.DOC
'
Page 109 of 129
4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a
satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface.
3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution.
4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System
• l Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer
� 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave
• 2 Coats of Plexiflor
• Plexicolor Line Paint
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS
51.2.1 ASPHALT
Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths,
cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California
Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to
indentation).
51.2.2 CONCRETE
Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH.
DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a
minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California
Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair
with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14.
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX
Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1
to 2 gallons Portland Cement.
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT
1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to
receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California
Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix:
Acrylic Resurfacer
Water (Clean and Potable)
Sand (60-80 mesh)
Liquid Yield
55 gallons
20-40 gallons
600-900 pounds
112-138 gallons
2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on
surface porosity) at a rate of .OS -.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with
California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix
�� must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still
Section N.DOC
Page 110 of 129
'
,
i
'
,
�
'
'
,
�
'
�
u
�
,
'
'
�
4/I 1 /2011
'
'
'
�
i
�
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of
.OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE
After the iiller coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate
of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix:
Plexipave Color Base
Plexichrome
Water
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION
30 gallons
20 gallons
20 gallons
l. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be
� diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide
uniform application.
2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS gallons per square yard per coat.
� 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with
sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light
� pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee.
Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action.
�
�!
'
�
�
�
,
,
4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to
application of subsequent coats.
51.6 PLAYING LINES
Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately
located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey
Association.
51.7 GENERAL
1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of
work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall
be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and
Federal regulations.
2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property
labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper
batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted.
Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based
upon material prior to mixing with water as specified.
51.8 LIMITATIONS
1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than 1 40°F.
2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent.
, Section N.DOC
�
Page 111 of 129
4/I 1/20ll
Section N — Technical Specifications
3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water.
4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings.
5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun.
6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use.
7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring.
8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates.
9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78
10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity
1 L Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery.
In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear.
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START
OF CONSTRUCTION.
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
53.1 MATERIAL
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL
53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES
Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double
twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple
twist The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All
wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-
W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in
accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by
ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as
prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by
the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239.
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated
wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches
by 4'/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall
be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338
inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter
(galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of
soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter
(approx. US gauge 13 '/z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core
plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of
tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of
Section N.DOC Page 112 of 129 4/1 U2011
��
1
�
�
�
�
�
,
1
['1
LJ
,
�
�
�
�
'
�,�
�I
,
,
�
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed
� interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside
area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite Interlocking Fasteners are an
approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material
� specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal.
All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with
ASTM A-641.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less
than OA15 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious
effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material
difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from
acids and resistant to abrasion.
1. Specific Gravity:
a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 134.
2. Tensile Strength:
a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi.
3. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain.
4. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B).
5. Brittleness Temperature:
a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below
ithe minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower
than -9.4 degrees centigrade.
�
�
,
�
�
6. Hardness:
a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested.
7. Creeping Corrosion:
a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not
be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50%
SOLUTION HCI (hydrochloric acid 12 Be).
53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS
Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is
submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests:
1. Salt Spray Test:
a. According to ASTM B-117
� Section IV.DOC
,
Page l l3 of 129
4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
b. Period of test = 3000 hours.
2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays:
a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000
hours at 63 degrees centigrade.
3. Exposure to high temperature:
a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accardance with
ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287.
53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS
After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit
the following properties:
1. Appearance:
a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable
change in color.
2. Specific Gravity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value.
3. Durometer Hardness:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
4. Tensile Strength:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
5. Elongation:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
6. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
7. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
8. Brittleness Temperature:
a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade.
b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade.
53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:
The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started.
Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for
examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and
be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones
shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from
Section N.DOC Page 114 of 129
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
,
�J
�
�
�
�
,
4/11 /2011
'
'
1
�
�
'
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or
mattress baskets.
The stone shall meet the following physical requirements:
• Absorption, maximum 5%
• Los Angeles Abrasion (FM l OT096), maximum loss 45%
• Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12%
• Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest
dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical
' diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight
and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening.
�
,
1
�
�
�
�
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE
Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows:
1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches
minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table
3.
2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the
zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and
0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge.
3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at
a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter
3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire
shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc
can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers.
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications,
1996 edition, Section 985.
53.2 PERFORMANCE
� Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations
and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the
sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of
' the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit
construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these
members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and
� flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion
and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by
diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary
, diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this
juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to
� Secrion N.DOC Page l l5 of 129 4/l 1/20l 1
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in
a section of inesh is cut.
Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding
wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double
loops are alternated.
A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding
wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges
and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall
be tightly wire to the latter at front and back.
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions
shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to
opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and
one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two
third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top.
Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the
cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut
the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement.
Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or
repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled
so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations
or five days, whichever is less.
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
54.1 SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant
beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental
pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated
areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting
irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street
medians including:
• Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic;
• Trash and debris removal from the job site;
• Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces;
• Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms;
• Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted);
• Irrigation service and repair;
• Mulch replacement;
• Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
Section IV.DOC Page 116 of 129
'
'
�
�
�
,
�
�
'
LJ
'
LJ
�
�
�
'
,
'
4/11/2011
'
�
�
�i I
�.
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
• Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between
, the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The
City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours.
'
,
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be
completed before leaving the job site.
54.3 WORK METHODS
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
� The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any
variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing
by an authorized representative of the other party.
,
�
�
�
�
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated
location:
54.4 LITTER
Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and
debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes,
tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should
report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup
from the contractor would be considered.
54.5 VISUAL CHECK
The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or
� damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after
providing the service.
,
,
,
,
'
,
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of
the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat
appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining
height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept
trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower
formation, according to the following specifications:
Section IV.DOC Page 117 of 129 4/ll/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
�
'
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE,
ETC.) �
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads
that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as
strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk.
Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms.
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL
All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor.
Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion.
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the
contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications.
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users
are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use
areas.
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION
All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated,
slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-
February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will
change with requirements of maturing landscape materials.
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.
Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by
a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at
his/her expense.
54.13 MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil
moisture, usually 3 inches.
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR
Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing
should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating
schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running
time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city.
Section IV.DOC Page 1l8 of 129 4/11/2011
'
�
,
�
,
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
'
,
,
�
!
1
,
u
i
�
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance
fee.
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less
than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced
by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City
properties.
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the
root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION
The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost
, sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to
be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the
sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions.
� The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the
Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant
material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated
� City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as
directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or
keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze
� protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The
Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the
contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation
� and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee
required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather
conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per
�
unit basis, as directed by the City.
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE
, This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working
days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten
calendar days apart.
'
,
r
��
,
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK
Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor
the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone
message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m.
— 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 pm.
Section IV.DOC Page 119 of 129 4/11 /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the
following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City
shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be
given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been
completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed.
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month
period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate
irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the
landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as
he feels appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates.
3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with
trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused
by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the
specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the
Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment
to the Contractor.
5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles,
etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The
Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to
perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are
relieved.
55
55.1
MILLING OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION � MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in
accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor
shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling.
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to
secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment.
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless
otherwise noted in the contract documents.
3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the
vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor
Section IV.DOC Page 120 of 129
�
1
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
�
�
�
'
LJ
�
LJ
�
4/11/2011
,
'
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water
� supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of
sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site.
,
�
�
�
LJ
�
�
,
4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to
allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid item for milling.
6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the
road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for
superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt,
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that
same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place
the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's
expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired
base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling.
9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the
milling operation is complete.
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City.
' The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of
material.
� 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
, All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory
requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City.
� 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners
, at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time
required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments
shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations.
,
� Section N.DOC
LJ
Page 121 of 129
4/11/20] 1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section N, Article 23.7 of the City's
Technical Specifications.
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement
adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement
cross section.
B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement
to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain
unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore
and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to
100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale.
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius
returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion,
removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the
ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction.
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor
shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all
Local, State and Federal Requirements.
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be either a lump sum yuantity or the number of acres cleared and
grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
Section N.DOC Page 122 of 129 4/11/2011
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
,
�
�
�
�!
,
�
�
,
�
�J
�
'
�
,
Section N — Technical Specifications
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and
structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
57 RIPRAP
' The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble
riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (lastest edition).
1
�
,
��
LJ
�
L _J
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand-
cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble.
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labar, grout, hauling,
equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing
and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No
payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY
This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants
(WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs.
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL
, The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water
reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia.
Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include:
� • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to
the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a
copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a
' copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-
contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents.
r
�
,
'
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING
Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding
employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include:
Section N.DOC Page 123 of 129 4/ll/201 ]
Section IV — Technical Specifications
• Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in
the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous
chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas.
• The date of the training, and
• The means used to verify that the employee understood the training.
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment,
materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal
and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service
assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian
detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing
traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs.
All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast
Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the
state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed
and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be
determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer.
All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the
City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the
City's Traffic Engineering Division.
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete
the work per the plans.
60 SIGNING AND MARKING
All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Speciflcations, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and
markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular
delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972).
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or
markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment
will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be
corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
Section IV.DOC Page 124 of 129 4/11/2011
n
�,
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
'
'
�
�
,
'
�
1
C
'
,
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
LJ
�
�
L�
�J
Section N — Technica] Specifications
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work
per the plans.
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per
the plans.
62 TREE PROTECTION
62.1 TREE BARRICADES
A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation
or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay
down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species.
3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species
4. At ar greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the
ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails
are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely
attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any
variation from the above requirements.
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no
such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment,
chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
Section IV.DOC Page 125 of 129 4/I1/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
62.2 ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical
root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of
Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the
impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any
clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning
cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned
utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench
and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed far tree pruning.
Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots
located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to
a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less
than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's
Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727)
562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected
and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible,
but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree
protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root
pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said
root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less
than 18".
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate
equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work
adjacent to trees to be preserved.
I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots.
Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to
prevent damage to the root.
Section N.DOC Page 126 of 129 4/11/2011
I
�
1
�
,
,
�J
'�J
'
�
�
�
,
LJ
�
'
'J
�
�
�
,
,
r
�
�
'
,
�
'
�
Section N — Technical Specifications
K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or
burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a
temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning
requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as
opposed to open trenching.
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant
Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are
improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized
as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement
consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed.
� D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
� E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
'
damaged in such a manner will not
growing condition, and will require
Ordinances.
, 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES
,
�
r
�
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN
be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy
replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current
City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as:
Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall
consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project
Web Pages.
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508
guidelines whenever possible:
� Section IV.DOC
�
Page 127 of 129
4/11 /2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI- W EBCONTENT-19990505/
http://www.section508.gov/
In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images,
CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics.
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel
and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with
no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo
is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the
permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office.
Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for
internal use only.
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should
be posted to the Project Web Pages.
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to
the City regarding the Project.
63.6 POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web
Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should
be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues.
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES
Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-
to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster
for posting.
64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE
64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS
When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the
following options:
Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded.
Option 2- Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV
an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV.
Section IV.DOC
Page 128 of 129
�
�
�
,
�
CJ
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
4/l 1/2011 �
�
,
,
�
,
�
�
'
r
,
�
�
�
r
�
�
�
�
�
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table
included in Section 64.2.
64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES
VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE
(nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet)
Up to 50 10
Over 50 to 200 15
Over 20 to 350 20
Over 350 to 500 25
Over 500 to 750 35
Over 750 to 1,000 45
Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or
registered professional engineer who is a
qualified person with respect to electric power
transmission and distribution)
Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200
means up to and including 200kV.
Section IV.DOC
Page 129 of 129
4/I 1/201 l
'
L
�
u
'
�
�_J
�
�
�
,
�
'
'
,
�
,
�]
,
SECTION IVa
SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The Articles of the Technical Specifications (Section IV) that apply to this Project as indicated in
Section IV, 1.2 Scope of Work Checklist are part of this contract. The following supplements,
modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specification in Section IV. Where any
article of the Technical Specifications is modified, or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause
thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article,
paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.
1 MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 ARTICLE 2
Add the following statements —
During site preparation, the CONTRACTOR shall have a benchmark installed by a
registered professional surveyor if none is available. The NGVD elevation and location
of the exploration well, in metes and bounds, and latitude and longitude, will need to be
provided after the construction of the well. The survey information shall be provided to
the ENGINEER. The cost for all well site surveys shall be included in the lump-sum pay
item for Mobilization and Demobilization as shown in the Bid Proposal.
1.2 ARTICLE 3
Add the following to the list of definition of terms
1. FDEP where used in these Specification shall mean Florida Department of
Environmental Protection.
2. SWFWMD where used in these Specification shall mean Southwest Florida Water
Management District.
3. USDA where used in these Specifications shall mean United States Department of
Agriculture.
4. OSHA where used in these Specifications shall mean Occupational Safety and
Health Administration.
1.3 ARTICLE 38
Add the following statements —
It is imperative that any CONTRACTOR activities, including tests requiring the pumping
of water, do not contaminate or disturb the environment of the properties adjacent to the
work. The CONTRACTOR shall, therefore, schedule and control his operations to
confine all runoff water from disturbed surfaces, water from pumping operations that
becomes contaminated with lime silt, muck and other deleterious matter, fuels, oils,
bitumens, chemicals and other polluting materials.
The following divisions are included as part of the supplemental technical specifications
Section IVa i 8/19/2011
'
1 Table of Contents:
' 1
, 1.1
1.2
1.3
' 1.4
1.5
1.6
, 1.7
1.8
,
,
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 4
FDEP TEST WELL CONSTRUCTION PERMIT ......................................................... 4
LABOR AND MATERIALS .......................................................................................... 4
WORKINGHOURS ....................................................................................................... 4
STANDBYTIME ........................................................................................................... 4
DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT ........................................................................................ 4
ABANDONMENT OF WELL(S) BY CONTRACTOR ................................................ 4
MOBILIZATION ........................................................................................................... 5
DEMOBILIZATION AND SITE RESTORATION ....................................................... 5
2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .............................................................................. 5
2.1 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................ 5
2.2 MEASUREMENT .......................................................................................................... 5
2.3 PAY ITEM DESRIPTIONS ............................................................................................ 6
3 EXPLORATORY WELL CONSTRUCTION ............................................................... 9
' 3.1 DRILLING PAD ............................................................................................................. 9
3.2 WATER TABLE MONITORING WELLS .................................................................. 10
3.3 EXPLORATORY WELL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE ........................................ 10
' 3.4 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ......................... 12
3.4.1 Temporary Electricity ............................................................................................... 12
3.4.2 Temporary Sanitary Facilities .................................................................................. 12
, 3.4.3 Storage and Construction Areas ............................................................................... 12
3.4.4 Dust Control .............................................................................................................. 13
3. 4. S Noise Control ............................................................................................................ 13
� 3.4.6 Chemicals, Fuels and other Hazardous Materials ................................................... 13
3.4. 7 Hurricane and Storm Warnings ................................................................................ 13
3.4.8 Periodic Cleanup and Basic Site Restoration ........................................................... 13
' 3.5 DAILY LOG ................................................................................................................. 14
3.6 LOCAL GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS ........................................................................... 14
4
,
�
'
' S
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
DRILLING REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 14
GENERAL.................................................................................................................... 14
WATERSUPPLY ......................................................................................................... 15
EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................ 15
DRILLINGMETHODS ................................................................................................ 15
CONDITIONS AND HAZARDS ................................................................................. 16
STRAIGHT HOLE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 17
FORMATIONSAMPLES ............................................................................................ 18
FORMATION WATER SAMPLES ............................................................................. 18
CEMENTING PROCEDURES .................................................................................... 18
GEOPHYSICAL LOGGING & TESTING .................................................................19
, 5.1 GEOPHYSICAL LOGGING ........................................................................................ 19
Section IVa.doc Page ii 8/19/2011
'
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
5.2 CORES ..........................................................................................................................19
5.3 VIDEO SURVEYS ....................................................................................................... 20
6 PUMP TESTING ............................................................................................................ 20
6.1 STRADDLE-PACKER TESTS .................................................................................... 20
6.2 SPECIFIC CAPACITY TEST ...................................................................................... 21
7 WATER QUALITY SAMPLING ................................................................................. 21
8 INJECTION TEST ......................................................................................................... 21
9 MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................... 22
9.1 CASING ........................................................................................................................22
9.2 EXPLORATORY WELL SURFACE CASING ........................................................... 22
9.3 EXPLORATORY WELL INTERMEDIATE CASING ............................................... 22
9.4 EXPLORATORY WELL DEEP CASING ................................................................... 22
9.5 CENTRALIZERS ......................................................................................................... 22
9.6 CASING GROUT ......................................................................................................... 23
10 WELLHEAD COMPLETION ...................................................................................... 23
Section IVa.doc Page iii 8/19/2011
�
' 1
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' 1.1 FDEP TEST WELL CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
The CONTRACTOR shall be familiar with all permit conditions of the exploratory program and
' shall comply with all requirements of the permit as they relate to the well construction and
testing program.
�J
,
'
C�
�
i�
L�
1.2 LABOR AND MATERIALS
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all labor, materials, transportation, tools, supplies,
equipment, and appurtenances necessary to construct, develop, and test the well as specified
herein. In general, all methods and materials used under this section shall be in accordance with
the latest revisions of the American Water Works Association Standard for Deep Wells (AWWA
A100-90) and the National Water Well Association Standards as they apply to the particular
needs or conditions encountered in the proposed work.
1.3 WORKING HOURS
Due to the residential areas adjacent to the site working hours shall be Monday through Friday
from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m.
1.4 STANDBY TIME
, The ENGINEER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop his operations so that extra work not
included in the Specifications such as testing and additional data collection can be performed.
The ENGINEER will advise the CONTRACTOR when he proposes to do this work and will
' schedule his request so that it causes a minimum of delay. The CONTRACTOR will be
reimbursed at hourly rates, which will be listed in the Bid Proposal Form.
No stand-by time will be authorized for time associated with the review and acceptance of a
' remedial work plan necessary to make a well acceptable and come within applicable regulations
and/or the Specifications.
'
C�
�
ii
�
�,
II
�
,
�
�
'
The CONTRACTOR shall include the cost of 24 hours of standby time in a line item price for
the exploratory well.
1.5 DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT
The CONTRACTOR will prepare a daily report reflecting the pay items completed by the
CONTRACTOR during the day. Each report will be signed by the ENGINEER and an
authorized individual from the CONTRACTOR. A copy of the CONTR.ACTOR's report will be
provided to the ENGINEER daily.
1.6 ABANDONMENT OF WELL(S) BY CONTRACTOR
Any hole in which the CONTRACTOR voluntarily stops work, and/or fails to complete in a
satisfactory manner, in accordance with applicable regulations and/or the Specifications (and
approved changes), shall be considered as abandoned by CONTRACTOR. If the ENGINEER
declares the hole is abandoned by the CONTRACTOR, then no payment will be made for the
abandoned hole. All abandoned holes shall be properly plugged and sealed by the
Section IVa.doc Page 4 8/]9/201 ]
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
CONTRACTOR at his own cost in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. These
holes shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense. The CONTRACTOR shall
submit his plan of action for plugging and abandonment in writing to the ENGINEER. Casing
strings may be removed only with the permission and approval of the ENGINEER.
1.7 MOBILIZATION
The CONTRACTOR will set-up the equipment necessary to meet the quality of workmanship
and the timeliness required by these specifications and to complete the work on schedule. The
cost for site preparation, temporary facilities, and discharge water storage shall be included in the
line item for mobilization.
1.8 DEMOBILIZATION AND SITE RESTORATION
This item includes the removal of all remaining drilling fluids and cuttings at the end of the
project. At the completion of drilling, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all items and equipment
which are not part of the completed well and leave the site in its original condition with the
exception of wells, well pads, and access roads. After demobilization is complete, the drilling
area shall be clean and free of debris, holes, and/or piles of dirt, brush or other natural or
synthetic materials. Any formerly existing sod or landscape vegetation shall be replaced with
vegetation equal to that destroyed or damaged.
2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
2.1 SCOPE
This section covers methods of ineasurement and payment for items of work under this Contract.
The total Contract Price shall cover all work required by the Contract Documents. All cost in
connection with the proper and successful completion of the work, including permit fees,
furnishing all materials, equipment, an tools, and performing all necessary labor and supervision
to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit price and lump-sum bid prices. All work
not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary
obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices
bid.
2.2 MEASUREMENT
A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for making all measurements required for
payment and make measurements in the presence of the ENGINEER. All quantities
shall be included on the CONTRACTOR's Daily Log.
B. The quantities for payment shall be determined by
completed items, in place, ready for service and
accordance with the applicable method of ineasurement.
'
LJ
�
,
�
J
�I
,
�
L�
i
J
�
�
�
'
,
actual measurement of the '
accepted by the Owner, in
C. Units of Measure shown on the Bid Schedule shall be as follows unless specified
otherwise.
Item
CF
EA
Section IVa.doc
Method of Measurement
Cubic Feet
Each
Page 5
C
'
�
8/19/2011 '
'
'
'
'
'
'
CJ
II
�
�
�J
FT
�
LS
Section IVa—Supplemental Technical Specifications
Foot
Hour
Lump Sum
2.3 PAY ITEM DESRIPTIONS
The descriptions provided in the following paragraphs are to be used by the Bidder in preparing
the Bid Schedule. They generally indicate how the major workscope items and their respective
costs are to be separated into the line items listed in the Bid Schedule. These descriptions are not
fully representative nor all inclusive of the work required to complete the project in accordance
with the Contract Documents. It is the Bidders responsibility to include all required costs within
the most appropriate line items.
Bid Item 1— Mobilization/Demobilization — This item shall include and cover the costs for the
preparatory and overhead operations, including but not limited to movement of personnel,
equipment, and materials to and from the site, project administration and management,
insurance, bonds, indemnification, permits, temporary electricity, sanitary, and other facilities
required in the Contract Documents, erosion and turbidity control measures, site preparation,
water required for drilling operations, at least 40,000 gallons of free water storage capacity on
site, and any other preconstruction expense necessary for the start of work. Demobilization shall
include removal of temporary equipment, temporary facilities and controls, drilling fluids and
cuttings, and restoration of the site as defined in the Contract Documents.
� This item will be paid on a lump sum basis, and is not to exceed 15 percent of the Base Bid
amount. The Contractor will be paid 50 percent of the total at the completion of mobilization
and the remainder upon completion of demobilization.
,
'
'
,
Bid Item 2— Construct and Remove Well Pad and Four Monitorin� Wells — The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to construct the
drilling pad and four water table monitoring wells as defined in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of the
Supplemental Technical Specification. This item also includes costs associated with maintaining
the pad and monitoring wells during performance of the work, and for removal of the pad and
monitoring wells at the completion of the work. Payment for this item shall be as a lump sum.
Bid Item 3— Drill 54-Inch Diameter Borehole — The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, equipment, and services to drill the 54-inch diameter borehole in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Payment shall be by the unit price per linear foot of borehole completed.
The unit price shall include drilling of the initial pilot borehole.
Bid Item 4— Provide and Set 48-inch Steel Surface Casing — The CONTRACTOR shall
, furnish all labor, materials, and services to set the 48-inch casing in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Payment shall be by unit price per linear foot of casing installed.
,
�
'
'
Bid Item 5— Grout 48-inch Diameter Casing - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, and services to grout the 48-inch casing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Payment shall be by unit price per cubic foot of grout emplaced. Waiting time between grout
stages shall be included in the unit price.
Bid Item 6— Drill 12.25-inch Diameter Pilot Borehole - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all
labor, materials, equipment, and services to drill the pilot borehole in accordance with the
Section Na.doc Page 6 8/19/20] 1
Section Na— Supplementa] Technical Specifications
Contract Documents. Payment shall be by the unit price per linear foot of pilot borehole
completed. No payment shall be made for re-drilling due to borehole collapse.
Bid Item 7— Conduct Geonhvsical Loggin� in Pilot Borehole - The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to perform geophysical logging of the pilot
borehole in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum for the
logging and support services required to provide approved geophysical logs.
Bid Item 8— Ream Pilot Borehole to Nominal 48-inches Diameter - The CONTRACTOR
shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to ream the pilot borehole to a nominal
48 inches in diameter in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by the unit
price per linear foot of borehole completed reamed. No payment shall be made for re-drilling
due to borehole collapse.
Bid Item 9— Perform Caliqer Log - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials,
equipment, and services to perform a caliper log of the reamed borehole in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum for the logging and support services
required to provide approved geophysical log.
Bid Item 10 - Provide and Set 42-inch Steel Surface Casing — The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish all labor, materials, and services to set the 42-inch casing in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Payment shall be by unit price per linear foot of casing installed.
Bid Item 11 — Grout 42-inch Surface Casin� - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, and services to grout the 42-inch casing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Payment shall be by unit price per cubic foot of grout emplaced. Waiting time between grout
stages shall be included in the unit price.
Bid Item 12 — Conduct Temperature Logs After Each Grout Sta�e - The CONTRACTOR
shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to a temperature log in the 42-inch
casing after each grout stage in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by
lump sum for the logging and support services required to provide approved geophysical logs
during grouting of the 42-inch casing.
Bid Item 13 — Drill 12.25-inch Diameter Pilot Borehole - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish
all labor, materials, equipment, and services to drill the pilot borehole in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Payment shall be by the unit price per linear foot of pilot borehole
completed. No payment shall be made for re-drilling due to borehole collapse.
Bid Item 14 — Collect 20-foot Continuous Cores - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, equipment, and services to collect downhole core samples in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Payment shall be made on a per core recovered basis with a minimum of
five feet of core recovered. At least two pieces of core must exceed 8-inches in length. No
payment for a core trip will be made if the above minimum recovery is not obtained. The unit
cost shall include shipping to an approved laboratory, and the required analyses described in
Section 4.2.
Bid Item 15 — Conduct Geonhvsical Logging in Pilot Borehole - The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to perform geophysical logging of the pilot
borehole in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum for the
services required to provide approved geophysical logs.
Bid Item 16 — Perform Straddle-Packer Tests - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, equipment, and services to perform the straddle-packer tests in accordance with the
Section 1Va.doc Page 7 8/19/2011
'
i
,
I
J
,
,
�
�
,
,
�
�J
�
�
'
II
�
,
'
�
'
'
�
�
�
'
�J
'
'
,
,
Section IVa— Supplemental Technica] Specifications
Contract Documents. Payment shall be made at the unit price per hour for the total number of
hours pumped during testing. The unit price shall include the required water quality laboratory
analyses described in Section 5.1. The CONTRACTOR shall not be paid the hourly rate during
time that the equipment is not actually in use, or for re-testing required due to equipment failure.
Bid Item 17 — Ream Pilot Borehole to 42-inches Diameter - The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to ream the pilot borehole to a nominal 42
inches in diameter in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by the unit
price per linear foot of borehole completed reamed. No payment shall be made for re-drilling
due to borehole collapse.
Bid Item 18 — Perform Caliper Lo� - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials,
equipment, and services to perform a caliper log of the reamed borehole in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum for the logging and support services
required to provide approved geophysical log.
Bid Item 19 — Prepare Borehole, Provide and Set 32-inch Steel Casin� - The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, and services to backfill the borehole and set
the 32-inch casing in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by unit price
per linear foot of casing installed.
Bid Item 20 — Grout 32-inch Diameter Casin� - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, and services to grout the 32-inch casing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Payment shall be by unit price per cubic foot of grout emplaced. Waiting time between grout
stages shall be included in the unit price.
Bid Item 21 — Conduct Temperature Lo�s After Each Grout Sta�e - The CONTRACTOR
shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to a temperature log in the 32-inch
casing after each grout stage in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by
lump sum for the logging and support services required to provide approved geophysical logs
during grouting of the 32-inch casing.
Bid Item 22 — Drill 12.25 inch Diameter Pilot Borehole - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish
� all labor, materials, equipment, and services to drill the pilot borehole in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Payment shall be by the unit price per linear foot of pilot borehole
�
��
��
�
�
'
�
C_�
,
completed. No payment shall be made for re-drilling due to borehole collapse.
Bid Item 23 — Conduct Geonhysical Logging in Pilot Borehole - The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to perform geophysical logging of the pilot
borehole in accardance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum for the
logging and support services required to provide approved geophysical logs.
Bid Item 24 — Perform 1-Hour Pumn Test - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, equipment, and services to perform a pump test in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum for the set-up and completion of the test. The
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for re-testing required due to equipment failure.
Bid Item 25 — Water Quality Analysis During Reverse-Air Drilling - The CONTRACTOR
shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to collect samples for laboratory
analysis of chloride, sulfate, and total dissolved solids from drill-stem tests during reverse-air
drilling in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by unit price for each
sample, and include collection, delivery of the samples to a laboratory, and analysis of the
samples.
Section Na.doc Page 8 8/19/2011
�
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
Bid Item 26 — Primarv and Secondarv Drinking Water Laboratory Analvsis - The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to collect a sample for
laboratory analysis of Primary and Secondary Drinking Water parameters in accardance with the
Contract Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum, and include collection, delivery of the
samples to a laboratory, and analysis of the samples.
Bid Item 27 — Perform 1-Hour Iniection Test - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, equipment, and services to perform an injection test in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum for the set-up and completion of the test. The
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for re-testing required due to equipment failure.
Bid Item 28 — Construct Well Head and Pad - The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,
materials, equipment, and services to construct the well head and temporary well pad in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be by lump sum.
Bid Item 29 — Standbv Time — Standby time, as deiined in Section 1.4 of the Supplemental
Technical Specifications shall be paid at the unit price per hour of approved standby time.
Standby time shall not include delays due to weather; delays that were caused by the
CONTRACTOR, his subcontractors or suppliers, or delays that were the result of equipment
failure. Review time or notification times specified in the Contract Documents will not be
compensated as standby.
Bid Item 30 — Owner's 10% Contingency — The work covered by this item consists of
unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but necessary for accomplishing the
work and shall apply only to extra work as approved by the Owner, or additional items over and
above those specified in the contract documents. The cost of this work shall be agreed upon in
writing and approved by the Owner or his authorized representative prior to starting this
additional work. The lump sum bid for contingency shall equal ten percent (10%) of the
subtotal of the Bid Items 1 through 29 rounded up to the nearest cent. In case of mathematical
error on the bidder's part, the Contingency Bid Item will be adjusted up or down to equate to
10% of this subtotal.
3 EXPLORATORY WELL CONSTRUCTION
3.1 DRILLING PAD
At the proposed exploratory well site (Figure 2), the CONTRACTOR shall build a suitable
drilling pad as a work floor for the drilling rig to retain all drilling fluids in the vertical and
horizontal directions at the we1L The pad shall be of sufficient size (approximately 50 feet x 50
feet) to accommodate the necessary rig and equipment dimensions and be formed with 2 feet of
curbing to contain spills of water and drilling fluids, including a method of returning these fluids
to the required closed-circulation system. The pad shall be constructed of either a HPDE lined
earthen bermed pad area, concrete pad with concrete block walls, or steel. If a concrete pad is
used, then the walls will be constructed of cement blocks filled with cement or similar fluid-tight
border. If steel is used, the walls will be constructed from steel plate welded to the steel pad
floor. The CONTRACTOR shall submit complete construction details prepared, signed, and
sealed by a professional engineer, and receive approval from the ENGINEER and the FDEP
before beginning construction.
Section IVa.doc Page 9 8/19/2011
�
�
�
��
r
,
'
�J
LJ
�
,
,
'
�
'
,
i
II
�
'
��
L�
'
i
�
�
�
�
J
�
�
,
'
'
,
,
Section Na— Supplemental Technical Specifications
The drilling pads must be positioned in a manner so that no disruption of normal site activities
will occur during the construction and testing of the exploration well.
3.2 WATER TABLE MONITORING WELLS
The CONTRACTOR shall install four small-diameter water table monitoring wells at the corners
of each well pad. The purpose of these wells will be to monitor the water-table aquifer for
increases in chloride concentration due to spills of salty water during drilling operations and
(possibly) to provide a point of access in pumping out the shallow aquifer to reduce any
contaminant levels to normal if a spill occurs. The CONTRACTOR shall be financially
responsible far the cost of all cleanup activities attributable to his drilling operations at the site,
including installation and pumping of additional water-table monitaring wells, if necessary, and
for the continued monitoring of these wells if required by the FDEP.
A nominal 8-inch diameter borehole shall be drilled to a depth of �15 feet below land surface
(bls) with hollow-stem auger. The CONTRACTOR shall insert and align into the borehole �5
feet of 4-inch diameter, Schedule 40 PVC casing and �10 feet of 4-inch diameter, Schedule 40
PVC, 0.010-inch slotted screen. The casing/screen string will extend from �15 feet bls to just
below land surface. Only threaded couplings are acceptable. The screen will be filter packed with
washed well-rounded 20/30 silica sand and emplaced by the tremie method from the bottom of
the borehole to a level approximately 2 feet above the screen top. After the filter pack has
settled, a 1-foot fine sand cap will be tremied in on top of the filter pack. ASTM Type II Class A
cement grout will be installed by the tremie method, with bottom deflection baffle from the top
of the sand cap to land surface. The wells shall be completed in a flush mounted access box. A
well construction diagram is shown on Figure 3.
After construction completion, each monitoring well shall be pumped until the water is clear and
free of sediment and a one-quart sample shall be collected, properly labeled, and delivered to the
ENGINEER. No work other than drilling pad construction may be performed until the
monitoring wells have been completed and the initial water samples are received by the
ENGINEER, allowing the ENGINEER to measure water level and field test each water sample
for chloride concentration (mg/L), conductivity (umhos/cm), and temperature (°F), and deliver
the results to the TAC (Technical Advisory Committee).
3.3 EXPLORATORY WELL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
A construction detail showing the proposed exploration well is provided as Figure 4 for reference
purposes. Note: All casing setting depths are preliminary approximations and must be approved
by the ENGINEER and the TAC before the casing can be set and cemented in place.
1. Prepare staging area and well site; mobilize equipment.
2. Construct drilling pad and four water-table monitoring wells, one well at each corner
of the well pad.
� 3. Drill a pilot hole to the top of competent rock (estimated 70 feet bls), ream the
borehole to 54-inches in diameter to 70 feet, and insta1148-inch diameter steel surface
casmg mto top of competent rock.
lJ
4. Cement the 48-inch casing to land surface using neat cement grout. The initial stage
shall be emplaced by pressure grouting.
�
Section Na.doc
�
Page ] 0
8/19/2011
Section IVa— Supplementa] Technical Specifications
5. Drill 12.25-inch diameter pilot hole to approximately 300 feet bls using the reverse-
air method as soon as practicable. Conduct inclination surveys at 90-foot intervals.
Collect formation water samples at 30-foot intervals during pilot-hole drilling by
reverse-air circulation. Formation samples will be collected every 10 feet and at
formation changes.
6. Conduct the following downhole geophysical logs: dual induction resistivity; natural
gamma, caliper; acoustic velocity; porosity; and fluid resistivity, temperature, and
flow velocity under static and dynamic conditions. Dynamic logs shall be performed
at a minimum pumping rate of 500 gpm.
7. Ream the pilot hole to a nominal diameter of 48 inches to a depth of approximately
300 feet bls. Perform a caliper log from the total depth of the borehole to the bottom
of the 48-inch diameter casing. Set 42-inch diameter, 0.375-inch wall thickness steel
casing to a depth of 300 feet bls.
8. Cement casing back to surface. Pressure grout the first stage using neat cement only.
A minimum of 200 feet of neat cement will be placed at the base of this casing. All
other cementing will be conducted with cement containing no more than 12%
bentonite. Conduct a temperature log after each stage of cementing. The top of grout
shall be tagged prior to emplacement of each stage, and the quantity proposed for
each stage must be approved by the ENGINEER prior to emplacement.
9. Drill 12.25-inch pilot hole to approximately 700 feet bls using the reverse-air method.
Conduct inclination surveys at 90-foot intervals. Collect formation water samples at
30-foot intervals during pilot-hole drilling by reverse-air circulation. Formation
samples will be collected every 10 feet and at formation changes.
10. Take five (5), 20-foot conventional cores during drilling of the pilot hole. The cores
will be taken in the intervals between 480 and 500 feet, 520 and 540 feet, 580 and
600 feet, 620 and 640 feet, and 660 and 680 feet bls. The driller will make every
effort to recover the complete cores in this depth interval.
11. Conduct the following downhole geophysical logs: dual induction resistivity; natural
ganuna, caliper; acoustic velocity; porosity; and fluid resistivity, temperature, and
flow velocity under static and dynamic conditions. Dynamic logs shall be performed
at a minimum pumping rate of 500 gpm.
12. Straddle packer tests shall be performed at up to four depths to identify the base of the
USDW. The straddle packer test will be performed within the interval of
approximately 360 to 480 feet bls.
13. Ream the pilot hole to a nominal diameter of 42 inches to a depth of approximately
650 feet bls. Perform a caliper log from the total depth of the borehole to the bottom
of the 42-inch diameter casing.
14. Backiill the pilot hole with gravel to 660 feet bls and grout from 660 to 650 feet bls.
Set and grout 32-inch diameter, 0.375-inch wall thickness steel casing to a depth of
650 feet bls.
15. Cement casing back to surface. Pressure or tremie grout the first stage using neat
cement only. A minimum of 200 feet of neat cement will be placed at the base of this
casing. All other cementing will be conducted with cement containing no more than
12% bentonite. Conduct a temperature log after each stage of cementing. The top of
Section IVa.doc
Page 11
�
�
,
r-,
`�
r�
�
r,
L�
�
�
.�
�
�J
�
�
'
'
,
�
I�
�
�
L�I
�
'
sii9i2oi i �
,
'
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
grout shall be tagged prior to emplacement of each stage, and the quantity proposed
for each stage must be approved by the ENGINEER prior to emplacement.
16. Drill 12.25-inch diameter pilot hole from 650 feet to approximately 1,100 feet bls
� using the reverse-air method. Conduct inclination surveys at 90-foot intervals. Collect
formation water samples at 30-foot intervals during pilot-hole drilling by reverse-air
circulation.
,
�_J
u
�
�
��
L_�
,
17. Conduct the following borehole geophysical logs: dual induction resistivity; natural
ganuila, caliper; acoustic velocity; porosity; and fluid resistivity, temperature, and
flow velocity under static and dynamic conditions. Dynamic logs shall be performed
at a minimum pumping rate of 500 gpm. A video log shall also be performed after the
dynamic geophysical logs.
18. Run a one-hour pump test at 500 gpm. Record drawdown and continue to record
water level changes for the first hour of recovery after shutting down the pump. The
flow meter must have been calibrated since the project was initiated. Calibration for
the flow meter needs to be provided to the Engineer.
19. Collect water sample for Primary and Secondary drinking water standards (See
Section 2050) prior to ending the pump test.
20. Perform a one hour injection test at 500 gpm using water collected during the
pumping test at 500 gpm. Record bottom hole and surface pressure during injection.
Filtration of the injection fluid may be required prior to injection. Monitor water level
in the open hole.
21. Install required wellhead.
22. Demobilize equipment and restore site.
3.4 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
� 3.4.1 Temporary Electricity
The CONTRACTOR shall arrange with the OWNER and the appropriate electrical supplier for
, the provision of necessary electrical service for the construction period. The CONTRACTOR
shall pay all costs for power and installation including temporary wiring, switches, connections
and meters.
�
'
�
,
,
�
3.4.2 Temporary Sanitary Facilities
The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain adequate and clean sanitary facilities for the
construction work force, ENGINEER, and visitors. The facilities shall comply with local codes
and regulations and be situated at an acceptable location. The CONTRACTOR shall make
arrangements with the OWNER in regard to these facilities.
3.4.3 Storage and Construction Areas
Storage areas shall be provided within the designated construction and staging. Responsibility
for protection and safekeeping of equipment and materials at or near the sites will be solely that
of the CONTRACTOR and no claim shall be made against the OWNER by reasons of any act of
an employee or trespasser. The CONTRACTOR should coordinate with the OWNER in
Section IVa.doc Page 12 8/19/2011
Section Na— Supplemental Technical Specifications
selection of storage areas not likely to impede other activities on the site. Should an occasion
arise necessitating access to an area occupied by stored equipment and/or materials, the
CONTRACTOR shall immediately move the stored material. No equipment or materials shall be
placed upon the OWNER's property until approval has been received from the OWNER.
Upon completion of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall remove from the storage areas all of
their equipment, temporary fencing, surplus materials, rubbish, etc., and restore the area as
designated by the ENGINEER.
3.4.4 Dust Control
During construction the CONTRACTOR shall, by the application of water or other means,
acceptable to the ENGINEER, eliminate dust annoyance to adjacent property owners and the
plant site.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cleanup of existing buildings, equipment,
controls, etc., which have become soiled due to the lack of proper dust control as determined by
the ENGINEER.
3.4.5 Noise Control
Noise resulting from the CONTRACTOR's work shall not exceed the noise levels and other
requirements stated in local ordinances. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for curtailing
noise resulting from his operation. He shall, upon written notification from the ENGINEER or
the noise control officers, make any repairs, replacements, adjustments, or additions as necessary
to fulfill requirements.
3.4.6 Chemicals, Fuels and other Hazardous Materials
All chemicals, fuels and other hazardous materials used during the project construction or
furnished for testing or project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, fuel, paint,
solvent, reactant of other classification, will be required to show approval of either EPA or
Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). The handling, use, storage and disposal
of such materials, containers or residues shall be in strict conformance with manufacturer and/or
supplier's instructions and all regulatory requirements. Copies of antidote literature shall be kept
at the storage site and at the CONTR.ACTOR's job site office. A supply of antidotes shall be kept
at the CONTRACTOR's office.
3.4.7 Hurricane and Storm Warnings
The CONTRACTOR shall be required to remove from and/or secure all loose construction
materials and equipment and protect work under construction at the jobsite in the event of a
hurricane watch. The CONTRACTOR shall also remove all bulkheads and plugs in the pipelines
that would impede drainage in case of flooding. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, drilling
operations may be temporarily suspended.
3.4.8 Periodic Cleanup and Basic Site Restoration
During construction, the CONTRACTOR shall regularly remove from the site all accumulated
debris and surplus materials of any kind which results from his operations. The CONTRACTOR
shall perform the cleanup work on a regular basis and as frequently as ordered by the
ENGINEER. Basic site restoration in a particular area shall be accomplished immediately
following the installation or completion of the required facilities in that area. Furthermore, such
Section IVa.doc Page 13 8/19/2011
,
C
�
f
�
[J
,
'
i
'
'
'
�
L..'
i
'
�'
�
,
�
�
'
.1
I
�
�
�
�
'
L�
'
,
�
,
,
1
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
work shall also be accomplished, when ordered by the ENGINEER, if partially completed
facilities must remain incomplete for some time period due to unforeseen circumstances.
Upon failure of the CONTRACTOR to perform periodic clean-up and basic restoration of the
site to the ENGINEER's satisfaction, the OWNER may, upon five days prior written notice to
the CONTRACTOR, employ such labor and equipment as he deems necessary for the purpose,
and all costs resulting from this work shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR and deducted from
amounts of money that may be due him.
3.5 DAI LY LOG
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a detailed log of his operations on the rig during the
construction of the exploratory well. The logs shall give a brief description of all formations
encountered, footage and size of hole drilled, depth and sizes of casings installed in the wells,
fluid losses, complete record of drilling fluid added, water-level changes and the depths at which
they occurred, cementing operations, repair time and other such pertinent data as may be
required by the ENGINEER. All depths shall be referred to NGVD (National Geodetic Vertical
Datum). Two copies of the daily log shall be submitted to the ENGINEER on a daily basis. At
least one copy of the geolograph (drilling time chart recorder) chart shall be provided to the
ENGINEER by the CONTRACTOR each day. The geolograph should be working at all times
during the drilling of the pilot hole.
3.6 LOCAL GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS
During drilling, interbedded layers of limestone and dolomite may be found in which cavities
may be encountered and hazardous drilling conditions exist. Information regarding subsurface
conditions is intended to assist the CONTRACTOR in preparing his bid. The OWNER or
ENGINEER does not guarantee its accuracy or that it is necessarily indicative of conditions to be
encountered in drilling the well. The CONTRACTOR shall satisfy himself regarding all local
conditions affecting his work by personal investigation and neither the information on local
geology, nor that derived from maps or plans nor from the OWNER or his agents or employees
shall act to relieve the CONTRACTOR of any responsibility hereunder or from fulfilling any and
all of the terms and requirements of the contract and Specifications.
4 DRILLING REQUIREMENTS
4.1 GENERAL
� It is essential that salty or brackish water produced from any source during the drilling operations
is prevented from contaminating the shallow aquifer, which contains fresh water. Any water
produced during the drilling shall be confined to the circulation systems and drilling pads.
, Flowing conditions are not anticipated in the exploratory well.
The drilling will be accomplished using circulation systems designed and constructed so that
� under no conditions shall there be an overflow. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to take all
necessary steps to prevent accidental spillage from occurring. Tanks for the circulation system
shall be steel and leak proof. The entire circulation system for the well shall be within the curbed
� drilling pad. The CONTRACTOR shall submit plans for the circulation system to the
ENGINEER for approval. In no case will a system capable of storing less than 2,670 cubic feet
(20,000 gallons) of fluid and cuttings be considered. Written approval from the ENGINEER will
�
Section IVa.doc Page 14 8/19/2011
'
Section Na — Supplemental Technical Specifications
be required before the CONTRACTOR is allowed to proceed. Prior to flow testing the
CONTRACTOR will need at least 40,000 gallons of free storage capacity on site.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide and operate the necessary equipment including tanks, pumps
and piping as required at his expense.
Lost circulation conditions may be encountered while drilling with mud. The use of lost
circulation materials (LCM) shall be restricted to those materials approved by the FDEP.
Drill cuttings, produced water, and drilling fluid shall be removed from the drilling site and
disposed of at an approved location. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER and
OWNER, prior to beginning construction, the name and location of his disposal site along with
documentation that the site has been approved by the appropriate regulatory agencies. The fluid
displaced from the borehole during cementing operations shall be considered excess drilling fluid
and shall be disposed in an approved manner. The CONTRACTOR shall not use any other site
for disposal purposes without written consent from the ENGINEER and the FDEP. All costs of
disposal shall be included in the price of the well.
4.2 WATER SUPPLY
It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide all necessary equipment to bring
makeup water to the drill site.
4.3 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
Equipment in first-class working order shall be provided. The CONTRACTOR shall use his own
drilling equipment having the capabilities necessary to do the described work. Delays or work
stoppages due to equipment failure will not be considered a valid reason for extending the length
of the contract. The CONTRACTOR shall be held responsible and payment may be withheld for
damages to a well due to any cause of negligence, faulty operation, or equipment failure. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide and operate equipment capable of handling the largest load that
will be placed upon the rigs drilling and supporting equipment. If conditions develop in the field
that prove the rig and supporting equipment supplied by the CONTRACTOR are incapable of
completing the well, the CONTRACTOR will be required to provide a larger rig with necessary
capacity at no additional cost to OWNER.
The drilling rig(s) employed in drilling the exploratory well shall use a geolograph capable of
recording drilling time and weight of the tool string. This information shall be recorded
continuously by the CONTRACTOR and records or copies furnished to the ENGINEER daily.
The rig's chart recorder shall be fully functional before drilling of the exploration well
commences, and shall continue to record during all drilling, reaming, cementing, bit trips, and
casing runs, etc.
4.4 DRILLING METHODS
The conventional mud-rotary method will be employed as considered necessary by the driller.
However, it is anticipated that the reverse air drilling can be utilized below 200 feet. All drilling
below this point shall be done by the reverse-air circulation rotary method, and there shall be no
discharge of drilling fluids andlor formation fluid. If, in the opinion of the CONTRACTOR,
conditions are found that would warrant the use of some other drilling method, he may propose
the use of an alternative. Prior to implementing the proposed method, it shall be approved by the
ENGINEER. A closed-circulation system shall be used for the drilling fluids, employing
Section IVa.doc Page 15 8/19/2011
�
C!
�
'
,
'�1
�;
�
,
��
,J
'
'
�
�
i
�
�
�
�
'
'
Section IVa— Supplemental Technica) Specifications
' suitable devices such as screens, shale shakers, and settling tanks to remove cuttings. The
method of drilling fluid, cutting, formation water, or waste disposal shall be submitted for FDEP
approval prior to the start of construction.
1
,
'
'
'
'
�
J
,
'
t
�
'
'
'
'
4.5 CONDITIONS AND HAZARDS
The CONTRACTOR should be advised and be aware of difficult drilling conditions and
problems that may be encountered during the drilling, construction, and testing of the well.
Typical difficulties may include, but are not limited to, lost circulation, cavities and fractured
zones, squeezing zones, slumping zones, potential sand intervals in both the Hawthorn and
Suwannee formations at this site, and possibly attendant caving problems.
Priority requirements of these Specifications is the drilling of straight holes and setting of all
casings to specified depths. Hole straightness, which will permit casings to be set at specified
depths and facilitate achievement of proper cement seals, shall not be sacrificed for drilling
speed or any other reason. All casing must be able to be placed in the hole without being forced.
If the casing cannot be run in the hole smoothly, the casing will be removed and hole reamed
again so that the casing can be run smoothly to the predetermined depth. These and all other
pertinent factors shall be taken into consideration by the CONTRACTOR in planning and
executing the wark. The goal of this program is the successful, timely completion of the well
described in these Contract Documents. In the event of any problems or difficulty which, in the
ENGINEER's opinion, may jeopardize the successful and timely completion of the well in
accordance with construction permit, current regulations, or Contract Documents and the
approved changes, it is the CONTRACTOR's sole responsibility to perform such surveys and
testing as necessary to demonstrate the problem has been solved and that the well is in complete
compliance with the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs of testing,
surveys and work deemed necessary by the ENGINEER, OWNER and/or the appropriate
regulatory agencies to confirm that the problem has been resolved or corrected and that the
construction is in compliance with the Technical Specifications and any approved changes and
appropriate regulations. In the event a problem occurs, the CONTRACTOR will be notified in
writing by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR will submit to the ENGINEER his plan of
action to identify and/or solve the problem and the ENGINEER will review the plan of action. In
the event the problem is considered serious enough to jeopardize successful completion of the
well, in accordance with the drawings and Specifcations, the ENGINEER may request technical
concurrence from the TAC in accordance with the construction permits. No monies will be paid
for the time spent by the CONTRACTOR during the entire period of review approvaL The
ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR that:
0
:
C
Plan of action is acceptable;
Plan of action is acceptable with ENGINEER's suggested modiiications;
Plan of action is not acceptable.
Under (a), the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the plan of action. The CONTRACTOR shall
bear all costs of surveys associated with detecting the problem, implementing his plan of action,
and testing to confirm the plan of action was carried to successful completion and to obtain
approval of the ENGINEER.
Under (b), the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit his plan of action with necessary backup and
justification of revised plan of action. The ENGINEER shall notify the CONTRACTOR that the
revised plan of action is (a) acceptable ar(c) not acceptable.
Section Na.doc Page 16 8/19/2011
,
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
If the plan of action is not acceptable to the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR elects to
pursue the unacceptable plan of action, then two options exist for the ENGINEER.
OPTION L• If in the ENGINEER's opinion, the unacceptable plan of action jeopardizes the well
construction, completion, or operation, and the CONTRACTOR elects to implement the
unacceptable plan of action, the ENGINEER may declare the well abandoned by the
CONTRACTOR. A determination shall be made by the ENGINEER whether to abandon the
well or attempt to correct the existing well. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs of rig time,
etc., from original verbal or written notification and all cost of either abandoning the well or
taking steps to complete a successful well.
OPTION 2: If in the ENGINEER's opinion, the unacceptable plan of action does not jeopardize
the well construction, completion, or operation, the CONTRACTOR may, at his own risk,
proceed with his plan of action. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs associated with his plan
of action including testing, remedies, surveys and programs to solve the problem. When
completed, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER that the problem has been solved.
The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs of testing, surveys, and work deemed necessary by the
ENGINEER. When the ENGINEER is satisfied that the problem has been solved by the
CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the construction of the well
bearing all costs of the plan of action and the ENGINEER's program to confirm successful
completion.
4.6 STRAIGHT HOLE REQUIREMENTS
The CONTRACTOR will be required to perform the schedule of surveys as specified in this
section. To insure that the casing and tubing can be set to the required depths and properly
cemented, all of the holes shall be drilled so that they are straight.
During all drilling and reaming in the exploration well, the CONTRACTOR shall perform
inclination surveys at intervals of 90 feet as the drilling and reaming progresses. These surveys
shall be performed using a wire-line instrument equipped with an inclination unit having a range
of from 0 to 1.5 degrees of inclination from the vertical and with a survey record which shall be
capable of being read to the nearest 10 minutes of angle.
All holes for the exploratory well shall be round, straight, and true line. No dog-legs or
departures from a straight line shall be permitted which will interfere or prevent casing from
being set to their required depths. The m�imum allowable inclination from the vertical at any
portion of a hole or survey point shall be one (1) degree; the maximum allowable difference
between any two successive survey points shall be 0.5 degrees (30 minutes). Any deviation
greater than one (1) degree or difference greater than 0.5 degree (30 minutes) between two
surveys shall be conected by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense.
Should the inclination surveys or the results of the drilling of any of the pilot and/or reamed
holes indicate that conditions have been or are being created that would prevent the casings from
being set to their prescribed depths and properly cemented or prevent the well from being
properly and successfully completed, the CONTRACTOR shall take steps to straighten the hole
or correct the drift or deviation at his own expense so that casing can be installed to the
prescribed depths and allow for proper cementing.
Section IVa.doc Page 17 8/19/2011
'
t .J
t
,
'
,
LJ
'
�
I�
��
t
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
�
�
�
I
�
,
'
'
,
,
�
'
'
��
'
�
,
'
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
4.7 FORMATION SAMPLES
Two sets of formation samples (drilled cuttings) shall be collected by the CONTRACTOR from
the exploratory well at intervals of 10 feet and at every formation change and drilling break. The
samples shall be preserved in sample bags to be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. The sample
containers shall be plainly marked with the well identification and shall show the depth below
the ground surface from which they were taken. The CONTRACTOR shall collect the samples,
deliver them to the ENGINEER, and provide facilities for storage in a manner acceptable to the
ENGINEER while the samples remain on site.
4.8 FORMATION WATER SAMPLES
Two sets of formation water samples shall be collected by the CONTRACTOR at 30-foot
intervals during all pilot-hole drilling by reverse-air circulation. The water samples shall be
contained in sampling bottles provided by the CONTRACTOR. All water sampling bottles shall
be plainly marked with the well identification and indicate the depth below ground surface from
which the sample was collected. One set of samples shall be delivered to the ENGINEER within
30 minutes after being collected. The ENGINEER shall analyze the water samples for
conductivity and chloride. The CONTRACTOR will not be responsible for analysis of these
water samples. The second set of water samples will be analyzed chloride, sulfate, and TDS by a
certified laboratory. Test results should be provided to the ENGINEER within one week of
collection. The collection and delivery of these samples to a certified laboratory is the
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
4.9 CEMENTING PROCEDURES
Cementing will be completed by an approved company expert in well cementing, such as
Halliburton Services, unless the CONTRACTOR can demonstrate that he has the equipment and
expertise to perform these operations. Cementing will be accomplished in stages. The pressure
method shall be utilized in the first stage for each string of casing. Additional stages will be
completed by means of a collarless tremie pipe. Approximately six to eight hours after each stage
of cementing, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct a temperature log. Before each cementing
stage, the CONTRACTOR shall tag the top of the cement with a collarless tremie pipe. The
method of cementing applies to all cementing procedures in all casing. The CONTRACTOR is
required to provide 24-hour advance notifcation to the ENGINEER of all cementing procedures.
All cementing operations shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER who will have access to all
equipment areas and will be provided with radio communication equipment if utilized by the
CONTRACTOR and/or sub-CONTRACTOR during cementing procedures.
Cementing procedures shall be continuous for each stage after cementing begins. If loss of
circulation or no return of cement is encountered, the ENGINEER shall be notified immediately
of what remedial measures are underway to re-establish the circulation and complete the
cementing program according to well design and specifications.
During the cementing of all strings of casing, the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for having
samples from each major cement stage (>50 sks) collected. Cement emplaced at the bottom 200
feet of the surface casing in the exploration well shall be neat. Mixed cement samples shall
include at least three 2-inch cubes of each blend from each cement stage. The CONTRACTOR
will have the 7-day compressive strengths measured on two of these samples. The third sample
from each stage should be provided to the ENGINEER for further testing if required. The
Section IVa.doc Page 18 8/19/201 ]
'
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
CONTRACTOR must clearly label each cube indicating what it represents. The cost of
collection, labeling, and testing should be included in the lump-sum price of the well.
During all stages of cementing in a mud filled hole, the CONTRACTOR will use a pre-flush or
spacer where necessary. Before cementing begins, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the
technical specifications of the pre-flush to the ENGINEER for approval.
When the casings are being set and cemented in place, it is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility
to insure that these operations are conducted in such a manner that the casing collapse and burst
strengths (with safety factor) are not exceeded and the casings are not caused to fail. Cement
shall be pumped or placed so that excessive pressures will not result and affect the bond.
5 GEOPHYSICAL LOGGING & TESTING
5.1 GEOPHYSICAL LOGGING
The CONTRACTOR shall employ the services of a company acceptable to the ENGINEER to
obtain geophysical logs for the exploratory well. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and
condition each hole to insure that each hole is open and can be logged with a minimum of delay.
The following suite of logs shall be performed at the completion of each pilot hole: dual
induction resistivity; natural gamma, caliper; acoustic velocity; and porosity under static
conditions; and fluid resistivity, temperature, and flow velocity under static and dynamic
conditions. Dynamic logs shall be performed at a ininimum pumping rate of 500 gpm. Water
pumped during logging will be stored as described in Section 3.1. A caliper log shall be
performed in the 12.25-inch diameter pilot hole prior to performance of the straddle-packer tests.
A caliper log shall also be performed prior to setting the 42-inch and 32-inch casings. The
CONTRACTOR will perform temperature logs after each stage of cementing on all casings. The
dual-induction, acoustic velocity and caliper logs shall be printed at 1, 2, and 5-inch scales.
No payment will be made for logs, which are unusable or inaccurate due to poor performance of
the logging equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to perform the
required logging and to provide the ENGINEER with 15 hard copies of each log and video
survey, and one copy of each log in electronic format (ASCII, or other approved format). The
CONTRACTOR shall utilize computer software to process the caliper and flow log data as a
function of depth. The CONTRACTOR will be required to demonstrate that the flow log for the
exploration well is properly calibrated in the field and that the log can be used to obtain the
required data. Field copies will be provided at the time the logs are run.
5.2 CORES
Cores shall be taken during the drilling of the 12.25-inch diameter pilot hole in the exploratory
well. Four-inch diameter cores, at least 20 feet long, shall be taken at points designated by the
ENGINEER (a minimum 20-foot core barrel manufactured by the Christianson Diamond
Products Company or approved equal is to be used). The taking of cores will be observed by
technicians from the manufacturer of the coring tool unless the CONTRACTOR can demonstrate
previous experience. Coring points are to be determined from information derived during drilling
operations and as specified by the ENGINEER. A minimum of 5 feet of core needs to be
recovered for each coring interval specified. All cores will be stored in wooden boxes with lids,
marked with the appropriate well designation, and the depth from which they are taken. Tops and
bottoms of the cores are to be marked. After collection, boxing, and labeling, each core will be
furnished to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will then select a maximum of three
'
,
'
J
'
'
'
,
,
'
'
CI'
'
'
'
�
�
,
Section Na.doc Page l9 8/19/2011 �
,
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
� representative sections of each core on which the CONTRACTOR will have laboratory analyses
conducted to determine whole core vertical and horizontal permeability, porosity, specific
gravity, elastic modulus, and compressive strength. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the name
' of the laboratory for approval to the ENGINEER before analyses. Approximate coring depths are
480 to 500 feet, 520 to 540 feet, 580 to 600 feet, 620 to 640 feet, and 660 to 680 feet bls.
'
��_ J
'
,
,
'
'
,
,
'
'
,
5.3 VIDEO SURVEYS
After the 12.25-inch diameter pilot hole is drilled between 600 and 1,100 feet bIs in the
exploratory well, the CONTRACTOR shall attempt to perform a video survey of the entire well
from the bottom of the 32-inch diameter casing to the base of the open hole. Water clarity may
be enhanced by flowing water from the well at the surface. The CONTRACTOR may use his
own equipment providing it is capable of surveying as required and the CONTRACTOR shall
furnish proof of capability of the equipment. Fifteen copies of the video surveys shall be
provided by the CONTRACTOR for distribution. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to
make all arrangements and scheduling for the video surveys.
It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to insure that the borehole fluid is of sufficient clarity
(as determined by the ENGINEER) to allow a video survey to be conducted. The
CONTRACTOR shall pump from the exploration well a quantity of clear water not less than one
volume of the entire borehole.
6 PUMP TESTING
6.1 STRADDLE-PACKER TESTS
Four straddle packer tests will be performed on the interval between 360 and 480 feet to establish
the location of the USDW. Data collected from these tests will include pressure drawdown,
production rate, and water quality. Water quality data will include chloride, TDS, sulfate, and
conductance measurements as determined by a suitable laboratory. The CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for the cost of these analyses.
The straddle packer tests will be performed using a single rate. Rates for these tests are
anticipated to range between 1 and 30 gpm. Tests could be extended to 24 hours if the formation
transmissivity is sufiiciently low to prevent three tubing volumes of water to be pumped in the
specified time period. If formation transmissivity is low, then the highest sustainable flow rate
will be used until 3 tubing volumes of water have been produced or 24 hours of pumping has
occurred. In any case, a minimum of four hours of pumping is required for each straddle packer
test. Drawdown in the 6-inch I.D. drill string, and in the annulus (between the drill string and
borehole) above the packer, will be monitored during the test using continuously recording
devices capable of ineasuring pressure changes to 0.01 feet. After the pumping is completed,
recovery will be monitored for the same period of time as the well was pumped.
, Far all packer testing, the CONTRACTOR shall employ the service of an approved company
recognized as expert in this form of testing, such as, but not limited to, Baker Tools or TAM
International. The ENGINEER will make the final selection of the depth intervals to be tested
1 from data collected while drilling the 12.25-inch-diameter pilot holes. The workstring for these
tests should consist of tubing or drill pipe with an approximate six-inch inside diameter. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide an in-line, recently calibrated flow meter capable of recording
, monitoring flow rate and total flow and discharge. The internal surfaces of drill pipe, casings,
Section IVa.doc
,
Page 20
8/19/201 ]
Section Na— Supplemental Technical Specifications
and other fittings used for the packer test shall be free of rust, scale, and other material that could
be dislodged and interfere with a test. Should a test fail because of the presence of any of these
materials in the tools or pipe, the CONTRACTOR will not be reimbursed for the test and he will
be required to clean the pipe, re-set it and the packer, and re-run the test successfully at his own
cost as part of the contract requirements.
6.2 SPECIFIC CAPACITY TEST
A one hour specific capacity test will be performed on the exploratory well after drilling to 1,100
feet. The purpose of this test is to establish the transmissivity of the permeable portion of the
Avon Park formation at this location. The submersible pump for this test shall have the capability
of pumping at rates up to 500 gpm. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an in-line, recently
calibrated flow meter capable of recording monitoring flow rate and total flow and discharge.
Water will be stored as described in Section 3.1. Water produced during this test will be used for
the injection test described in Section 7.0.
The ENGINEER shall be furnished a copy of all of the basic data recorded as part of these tests
in both hard copy and electronic format capable of being used in a Microsoft Excel worksheet.
7 WATER QUALITY SAMPLING
The water collected from the final open-hole section of the exploratory well at the end of the
final specific capacity test shall be tested for Primary and Secondary Drinking Water Standards
listed in Chapter 62-550 F.A.C. The water samples shall be collected near the end of the specific
capacity test. The CONTRACTOR shall have it analyzed by a state-certified laboratory which
follows all quality assurance guidelines set forth by the State of Florida, and is acceptable to the
ENGINEER.
8 INJECTION TEST
After satisfactorily completing the final specific capacity test, the CONTRACTOR will prepare
to re-inject 30,000 gallons of the produced water back into the well at an injection rate of 500
gpm. The flow rate will be monitored by a calibrated flow meter capable of recording the total
volume of fluid injected. Calibration records will be required. Calibration should have occurred
within 45 days of the start of this project.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary booster pumps, motors, power, pipelines,
meters, and gauges necessary for the testing. CONTRACTOR shall note that electrical power
may not be available from the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to provide
diesel or gas-driven pumps as required.
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install in the pipeline an in-line propeller-type flow meter
or equivalent capable of recording instantaneous flow rates and totalizing flow. The flow meter
shall be calibrated and have an accuracy of five percent at the tested rate. The flow meter shall be
sufficiently removed from obstructions in the pipeline (valves, elbows, reductions), to allow the
meter to perform within specifications. Manufacturers' specifications shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER for review prior to installation.
To the extent possible, the pumping rates may be controlled by changing the speed of the pumps
and/or by adjusting a valve in the pipeline. The valve shall be installed between the injection
pump and the flow meter.
Section IVa.doc Page 21 8/19/2011
'
,
�
'
t
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
�
�
,
LJ
,
�
,
'
I�
�
'J
1
'
Section Na— Supplemental Technical Specifications
During the injection test bottom-hole pressure, temperature, and wellhead pressure, shall be
monitored and recorded. The CONTRACTOR shall employ the services of a company
specializing in furnishing and operating the equipment used in collecting these data. An
acceptable pressure gauge and recording system will be used that is capable of accurately
measuring and detecting pressure changes of as little as 0.01 psi. The data recording system shall
record in real time and in continuous delta time. No interruptions of data recording will be
permitted if delta time will re-zero after interruption for equipment service or any other reason.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER with technical and calibration data on the
pressure and flow monitoring and recording systems before the pump and injection tests. The
pressure monitoring device will be set at a depth specified by the ENGINEER.
9 MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
9.1 CASING
All casing shall be new. The CONTRACTOR may propose to the ENGINEER the use of well
casing of a higher grade. The casings shall have the minimum standards in the following
specifications. Before casings are installed in the wells, the CONTRACTOR shall supply the
ENGINEER with mill certificates. No payment for pipe casing will be made without submission
of mill certificates.
9.2 EXPLORATORY WELL SURFACE CASING
� The CONTRACTOR shall install a surface casing with an inside diameter sufficient to
accommodate a noininal 48-inch diameter drilling bit. The material, length, and method of
installation shall be at the CONTRACTOR's option subject to approval by the ENGINEER.
'
,
'
,
�
,
�
9.3 EXPLORATORY WELL INTERMEDIATE CASING
The intermediate casing shall be new, unused steel, random length, 42-inch diameter, 0.375-inch
wall thickness, and shall conform to API SL Grade B, ASTM A53 Grade B or Spiral Weld A139
Grade B standards. The casing shall be plain end and beveled for welding and shall be joined
together by certified welders.
9.4 EXPLORATORY WELL DEEP CASING
The surface casing shall be new, unused steel, random length, 32-inch diameter, 0.375-inch wall
thickness, and shall conform to API SL Grade B, ASTM A53 Grade B ar Spiral Weld A139
Grade B standards. The casing shall be plain end and beveled for welding and shall be joined
together by certified welders.
9.5 CENTRALIZERS
All casings of the exploratory well shall be fitted with Halliburton-type centralizers or as
approved by the ENGINEER. These centralizers will be equipped with steel straps at 0, 90, 180,
and 270 degrees around the casing at each position. The centralizers shall be located as follows:
Intermediate Casing:
' 1. One set at 20 feet above the bottom end of the casing.
Section Na.doc Page 22 8/]9/20ll
,
Section IVa— Supplemental Technical Specifications
2. One set 40-foot above the bottom centralizer.
3. The topmost centralizer to be at depth of 20 feet below land surface.
Deep Casing:
1. One at 20 feet above the bottom end of the casing.
2. One 40-feet above the bottom centralizer and at approximate intervals of 100 feet
thereafter.
3. The topmost centralizer to be at a depth of 20 feet below land surface.
All centralizers shall be in a precise vertical alignment, one above the other, to allow for the
placement of tremie pipes in the annulus. The cost of all centralizers shall be included in the
lump-sum price of the exploration well.
9.6 CASING GROUT
Sulfate-resistant cement shall be used for all grouting of casings and hole plugging. ASTM C150
Type II, or API Class B, can be used with additives and lost-circulation materials as necessary
and approved by the ENGINEER. Organic polymers or other organic materials may not be used
as lost circulation materials. Cement emplaced at the bottom 200 feet of the surface and final
casing in the exploration well shall be neat. Gel may be used in concentrations up to a maximum
of 12 percent in subsequent stages after the initia1200 feet of neat cement is emplaced. However,
lost-circulation material such as Flocele and gilsonite or other approved material may be used as
needed. At the CONTRACTOR's option, all conductor casing may be cemented with neat
cement. All cement mixtures shall be approved by the ENGINEER in advance of placement.
Prior to commencement of cementing operations, CONTRACTOR shall submit written
procedure for each stage of each casing string. Mixed cement shall include cement and all
additives and lost circulation material approved by the ENGINEER. Cement reports shall be
submitted to the ENGINEER for each cementing stage within 24 hours.
10 WELLHEAD COMPLETION
The exploratory well wellhead shall be completed as indicated in Figure 5. The CONTRACTOR
shall finish the exploration well with a 32-inch flange connection and 32-inch blind flange
equipped with a four inch, threaded and capped ball valve. The 32-inch flange shall be set 3 feet
above pad level. The temporary well pad shall be eight feet by eight feet by six inches thick.
The temporary pad will be equipped with steel pipe barrier posts as per Figure 6.
Section IVa.doc Page 23 8/19/2011
'
,
�
,
'
I'�
'
'
LI
,
�
'
,
,
,
'
�
,
'
,
'
1
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
,
'
,
�
,
'
,
'
'
Table of Contents:
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 3
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 6
Appendix.doc
APPENDIX
FIGURES
SITE LOCATION MAP SHOWING AREA OF REVIEW
SITE LAYOUT
SURFICIAL AQUIFER MONITORING WELL DIAGRAM
PRELIMINARY EXPLORATORY WELL DESIGN
WELLHEAD SCHEMATIC
TEMPORARY PAD CONTRUCTION
Page 1
� � � � � � � � � �
N 0 1, 000 2, 000
� I � I i I
Feet
DATE REVISED �
Aced
G�
FILE NAME: FIGUREOi.MXD ��
Leuend
� 1 mile radius . R02 Site
CITY OF CLEARWATGR
CLASS 1 INJECTION WELL DGSIGN
AND PERMITTING
SITE LOCATION MAP SHOWING AREA OF REVIEW
PREPAREDBY-
vr`.
� + B�
,'� ��,
LEGGETTE, BRASHEARS & GItAtIAM, INC.
Professional Groundwaler and Envirunmental Gngineenng Services
Cypress Point Office Park
10014 North Dale Mabry IGghway, Suile 205
Tampa, PLonda ?3G18
(813)9G8-5882
DRAWN BY
CHECKED BY:
DATE:
FIGURE NO.:
TDH
JMT
MAR. 2011
1
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
N 0 25 50
� i � i � i
Feet
DATE REVISED �
Pced
�
cis —
a
FILENAME: FIGURE02.MXD
Leqend
0 Well Locations `�� � 500ft Radius
CITY OF CLL'ARWATER
CLASS I INJECTION WELL DESIGN
AND PERMITTING
SITE LAYOUT
PREPARED BY: DRAWN BY: TDH
— LEGGETTE, BRASHEARS & GRAHAM, INC. CHECKED BY: JMT
�""T'' Professioual Groundwaler and Environmental Engineenng Services
� - Cypress Point O�ce Park DATE: Mac 2011
a �{� 10014 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 205
Tampa, FLorida 33G18 F/GURENO.: 2
ti .� � � (8l3) 9G8-5882
�--,
I�J
�
'
'
,
'
'
,
,
'
LJ
'
'
LI
�
1
,
L
1
DATE I REVISED
0
100
200
300
400
500
.��
700
:��
•��
1, 000
1,100
1,200
Flange and Cover
'
jd ,
rface '
375 W.T.) Steel Casing
:ement ,
I Grout '
W.T.) Steel Casing '
,
T.) Steel Casing
'
,
'
hole '
'
,
�
�
'
'
Q C1TY OF CLEARWATER PREPARED BY: DRAWN: TDH '
Amd LEGGETTE, BRASHEARS & GRAHAM,INC. cr+ECKEO: �Mr
CLASS 1 1NJECTION WELL DESIGN Rofessional Ground-Waterand Environmental Engineenng Services
� AND PERMITTING Cypress Point Office Park DATE: Mac 201 1
10014 North Dale Mabry Highway - Suite 205 �
❑ PRELIMINARY EXPLORATORY Tampa, FL 33618 FIGURE: 4
WELL DESIGN (813 968-S8S2
1
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
� Blei
Gro
'
'
' NOTE: NOT TO SCALE
DATE REVISED
'
' FILE NAA.fE Fi ure05
��� �..�
GfOUt
, .375
I Steel
iate
� 70'
.375"
Steel
;asing
sment
0 C1TY OF CLEARWATER PREPARED BY: DRAWN: TDH
CLASS 1 1NJECTION WELL DESIGN LEGGETTE, BRASHEARS & GRAHAM, INC. CHECKED� JMT
Profcssional Ground-Watcr and Emironmcntal Enginccring Scrviccs
� AND PERMITTING Cypress Point office Park DATE: Mar. 2D11
10014 Notth Dale Mabry Highway - Suite 205
� WELLHEAD SCHEMATIC Tampa, FL 33618 FIGURE: 5
B13) 96R-SRR2
Align Barrier Post
Centerlines With
Edge of Conc. Pad
I I
_ � _
� �
Well Casing 32"
A
(Typical) \
3'-0" '� 3'-p��
'� 6'-0�� _�
TEMPORARY WELL PAD
� '
.
� ���
-.:.-
. ::_ `.�'
NOTE: NOT TO SCALE
DATE REVISED
FILE
Blk. Iron Pipe Sle
4.125" I . D / 4.62:
a'.-
. �� �� ���III����-�
�6"I 16" 16"I
SECTION A - A'
Temporary Well Pad
8'x8'x6"Thick
0
�
� o
i �
0
,
c�
A' i I
Blk. Iron
Pipe Sleeve
(Typ. 4 Places)
4" Blk. Iron
Th readed
Pipe Cap
Pipe Thread
4.000" O.D.
Blk. Iron Pipe
Barrier Post
BARRIER POST
DETAIL
(4 REQ'D.)
C�J C1TY OF CLEARWATER PREPARE° BY: DRAWN: TDH
LEGGETTE, BRASHEARS & GRAHAM, INC CHECKED: JMT
CLASS 1 INJECTION WELLDESIGN ProfcssionalGround-WatcrandEnvironmcntalEnginccring5crviccs
� AND PERMITTING Cypress Point Office Park DATE: Mor. 2011
10014 North Dale Mabry Highway - Suite 205
❑ Tampa, FL 33618 FIGURE:
ca� TEMPORARY PAD CONSTRUCTION (8131968-5882 6
C�
1
SECTION V
� CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
' Table of Contents:
' CONTRACT BOND ..................................................................................................................... 1
CONTRACT.................................................................................................................................. 3
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 6
, PROPOSAL BOND ...................................................................................................................... 7
AFFIDAVIT.................................................................................................................................. 8
tNON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9
PROPOSAL ................................................................................................................................. 10
' CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET ................................................................. 13
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL ............................................................................................................. 14
'
C�
�
,
�
,-,
i�
li
,
'
�
' Section V.DOC i 9/27/20]0
'
'
1
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
1
'
'
'
'
'
1
Willis
January 19, 2012
Mr. Stuart Anderson
Applied Drilling Engineering, Inc.
10014 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 205
Tampa, FL 33618
Ref: City of Clearwater
Clearwater Injection Deep Well Project
Bond No. 0078395
Dear Stuart:
At the time of execution a contract date had not been established; therefore the bonds
are not dated. Please let this letter serve as authorization for Applied Drilling Engineering,
Inc. or Ciry of Clearwater, to insert dates where indicated on the bonds and powers of
attorney once a contract date is determined. Please note, the bonds can not be dated
prior to the Contract Date.
Thank you for the opportunity to service your surety needs. Should you have any
questions, please do not hesitate to contact me or any member of your Willis service
team.
Sincerely,
Willis of Florida
ti��„
������
Sharon Daugherty
Client Manager — Surety
Enclosure
Willis
3000 Bayport Drive, #300
Tampa, FL 33607
Telephone: (813) 281-2095
Fax: (813) 281-2234
,
'
Bond No.: 0078395
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND
(Public Work)
In compliance with F.S. Chapter 255.05(1)(a)
ICONTRACTOR:
'Name: Applied Drilling Engineering, Inc.
Address: 10014 N. Dale Mabry Hwy., Suite 205
Tampa, FL 33618
1
SURETY:
, Name: Westfield Insurance Com an
P Y
' Address: 4890 W. Kennedy Blvd., Suite 750
Tampa, FL 33609
,
OWNER:
' Name: City of Clearwater
Address: 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, lst FL
, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520
, OBLIGEE: (If contracting entity is different from the owner, the contracting public entity)
Name:
'Address:
Amount: $777,321.00
'Description of Work:
'Project Location:
Phone No. 813-968-9244
Phone No. 813-464-2020
Phone No. 727-562-4634
Phone No.
Clearwater Injection Deep Well Project 09-0044-UT
Clearwater, FL
'Legal Description: Clearwater, FL
' FRONT PAGE
All other Bond page(s) aze deemed subsequent to this page regazdless of any page number(s) that may be re-printed thereon.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
STATE OF FLD.RIDr�
CQUVTi! QF Hillsbarou�h
BOND �TUNII3ER: 0078395
CO\TRACT BUN.D.
_
KN..Q�V ALL'iVIEN BY THESE P1zESEl�TS: That we APPLIED DRILLIi�.G El\'GIIVEERIi�'G,
' I1�TC, as Gontractor anci V4'ESTRIELD InTSUItA11TCE COIYIEANI' (Surery) whose h�nie address is
4890 W. KENNEDY BLVn:, SUITE 75U TAMPA FLORIDA 33609
'
,
'
t
,
,
1
'
'
'
�
'
t
�3EREINAFTER CALLED THE, "Surety"; are held and tinnly .bound into the Cit�� of Clearwater,
I'�orida (.hereinafter called tlie "Owner") in the penal sum of: SEVEN HUNDItED SEV�NTY
SEVEN TH(?USAND THREE. HUNDRED TV�'ENTY,QN:� DOLLAIZS AND N_O CENTS
(S 777,321.00). for the payment of wl�ich we bind our.sel<<es, our heirs,, etiecutars, administrat�rs,
successor.s; and assigns fcir the faithful perfornlauce of a ceriain. ���ritten contract, dated the
,�(o dayo uf ' , 20 i,L enlered into between the Contractor and tlie City of Glean�rater for:
CLEARWATER INJECTION DEEP WELL PRUJECT 49-0Q44-UT
a copy of which said. contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a parY hereof as ii' fully
copied. herein.
N.OW THEItEFOItE, THE CONDITIOl`TS OF THIS OBLIGATiON ARE SUCH. lhat if the
Contractor shal] in all respects comply with tlie terms and conditions qf said contract, includuig the
one-year .guai-aiitee of material aiid labor, and lus oblioations tliereundei-, including the cuntract
documents (which incTude tlie �ldvertisennent for Bids, Fo�i of Proposal, Forni �f Coutract, Foini of
Surety Bond, Instruetions to B. idders, General Conditions and Tecl�nical Specilications) and. the
P,[ans and Specifications iherein referred to and made a part thereof and such alteraUons as may be
inade in said Plans and Specifeatinns as therein prU�cided for, and shall indemnify and save l�armless
the said Owner a�ainst and fron� all c�sts; espenses, dama�es, injury .or conduct, «�ant of care or
skill, negligence or default, includin� pa.tent infringemenfs.on the part of the said Contractor ageilts
�r eiiiployees, in the execut�on cir perforriiance of said coiitract. including errors� in tlie plans
fuznis.lted by the Contcactor, and further, if such "Conii°act�r," t�r "Contcactors" shall pi-omptly rvake
pa}��ze.nts to all persons supplying hinr, them or it, laba,r., material, and supplies used direcflv or
indirectly bv said Contractor; Contractors; Sub-Contractor, or Sub�Garitraetors; in dle prosecution of
the w�ork provid.ed for in said Coutract, tYiis �bli�ation shall Ue �>oid; otherwise, the Gontraclor and
Surei3r jointly and severall}� aaree fo pay to the ��vner an3T difference betweeu fhc sum to �rhich the
;said Coniraclor would�be entitled oii the completion of the Coiltraet, and t(iat which the nwtier inay
be obliged to pay for the cotiipleticin of said ���ork by contra�t or �therwise; & any damages; direct or
indirect, or consequential; ���IZiel� said O�-ner may sustain �ta.account of sucl� �vork, or on accc�unt �f
tlie failure of the.said Contcactor t� }�ro�erly and in all tlun�s, keep and e�:ecute all the provisions of
said contract.
S�titionV.�ic�c E�oc i��f I� 9!27?Oi0
zr:� _._
'
'
'
The provisions and limitations of Section 255.05 Florida Statute, including but not limited to the time limitations
in Sections 255.05(2) and 255.05(8), are incorporated in this bond by reference.
C:ONTRACT .BO�D
i2)
� Anei �the said �ontractor� and Surefy l.i�reby fi�rtlier bind lliei�isel��es: .ihei.� successar,s.. e�ecut�r.s,
' ad�inistrators. and as�i�ns, joii�tly and sever.ally; that �hep i�:ill amply arid fully prate.et the said
Qwrter a�ainst, .and ��ill pay �an�v and .�Il :amounts, darnages; costs �arid judgu�.ents wluch may be
recovered .agairist or which t�ie :awner may be c�ltcd up�ia [o pav to any person ar eoiporatiQn b}
' reason �f .ari�� d�riaees arisin�` frain flie perfcirmanee oi �aiii work or of the repair .oi nzainlenance:
tli�reof;. or tke manner af d�inQ tl3e. same or the iieglect of the said Cont�act�r �fi his agents or
servants cir:tlie irii�ir.oper per%rmance of `the said: v+�ork iiy.the Coritractor or lu� :��eiits or servants; .or
' the� infringemeriis �f any paterit.ri�lits by reasan of th� use of :any materi.al fiirnished or ��ork- done•. as
�foresaid, or otli.�cwi.se. .
'
t�
'
'
'
�tid the s�id Contracior and- Surety hece.by further bind themsel�es, their .successors, heirs;
:
e�►ecuro.rs; administrators., ;and assi��s,. joind�r and seyerally, to repay the o:wuer: any :sum whieb the
Qwner rr�ay be compelled to pay because of any .li`en for labor material furnisfied for �the work;
embraced 6y said �Contiact.
And the said Swety, for the value received; hereby stipulates and agrees that�rio cliange,. eXtension of
rirz�e, alteration or add'itiori to tlie teiins of tlie c�ntract �or to tlie uiork to> be perforined thereunder or
t�e spe�i�ications accoinpanying the same shall. in any way affect its obligati,�ns on tIus bond, and .it
dQes hereliy waive natice o�' any sueh. change; extensiori �f time, alteratiori or addition ro tiie terms: of
the contract or to tiie work :or to. the s}iecif cations.
� ��r ��;��, . ����,
, 7
IN.TESTIIVIONY VVHEREUF, witness ihe hands and seals of.the parties hereio this,, ,,� }�'°
day of . 20 ' ;_`� �,�� ;�
' A
'
'
'
'
'
'�'r.� /
�iw— �t'T Gt-f'
�
i'VITN.ESS`:
Sharon Daugherty
�OUNTERSIGN � �
Anett Cardinale
FL Licensed Resident Agent
, SectinnV:�oc
'
E'n�l' ? O� I=i
Applied Drillin� En�ri� ;, �"
>� � �.; �,.
CONT TO = �" B,� ;; �,, .- -
i iY r� J '
' �
.� �
. `�q ` ~
, a�OGi �4.
s ,��.� e �,�, L",i"�•,-� :,, `,.
ptZtG.S iAk.�T �.;,,�„risus ° `�
� '�`�?
Westfield Insurance Co �� aJ i, ,r�� ,
S�R � TY � � f � �.•
� � ��
+,�.,,y� y � A •,y,i; � � � ,
f '�c� 4yC .
BY: ' i 'F:a �
ATTORNFY-IIV=FACT °; �` y % �� "
Anett Cardinale , "� �
. � t� �
Inquiries 813-281-2095 �
�mt?o�o
0
, THIS POWER OF A770RNEY SUPERCEDES ANY PREVIOUS POWER BEARING THIS SAME
POWER # AND ISSUED PRIOR TO 08/77/09, FOR ANY PERSON OR PERSONS NAMED BELOW.
POWER NO. 0997662 00
' General
Power
of Attorney
Westfield Insurance Co.
Westfield National Insurance Co.
' CERTIF'lED COPY Ohio Farmers In su�rancer oo.
Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO
, FARMERS fNSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinatter referred to individually as a"Company" and collectively as "Companies," duly
organized and e�sting undar the laws of the State oi Ohio, and having its principai office In Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these
presents maKe, constitute and appoint
CAROL H. HERMES, AN£T7 CARDINALE, DAVID H. CARR, 3AMES W. DUNN, MAROAIiET Q. GINEM, LiNDA HORN, JOINTLY
O#2 SEVERALLY
,
�
'
,
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
of TAAAPA and State of FL its true and Sswf�! Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name,
place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver arry and all bonds, recogruzances, undertakings, or other instnunents or contracts of
suretyshlp----------------------------�----- ---------- ----------------- •
LtMITATION: THIS POWEN QF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE N�TB OUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE
�l3ATF1CRTEF, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BOkDS.
and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as it such bonds were signed by the President, sealed wlth the corporate
seal of the applicable Company and duly aTtes#ed by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and cantirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in
the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority ot the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the
WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NRTIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY:
'Be lt Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity 8� Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shail
be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suftabie persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for
and on behalf of the Company subject to the tollowing provisions:
The Aftorney-in-Fact. may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and
deliver, any antl all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all
notices and documents cartceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such
Attorney-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sezled and attested by the Corporate Secretary."
"Be it Further Resolved, thet the slgnature of any such designatad persan and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixeci to any
power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facslmile signatures or facsimife
seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect io any bond or undertaking to which it is attacMed.' (Each adopted at a meeting
held on February e, 20DOj.
�n Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NRTIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMER5 INSURANCE
COMPANY have caused thesa presents to be slgned by their Senior Executive and their corpo�ate seals to be hereto affixed this S7th day of
ALtGUST A.D., 2009 .
Corporate �. aSy��l�""'•s
Seals � ,..-••..,tiC'�,�
Altixed iy0;.• � ti ni�
�O
���.�� }a
{ ,�, '`�
�� ' �� .»..rr
State of Ohio """�^"O""
County of Medina ss.:
„�,��,..,,,,
•' ��oN�c. �,y•�,
= O � ''SG�A '.
3m;, �1it11i .�m•
;�:, .'o:
..* . `,+,`.
j:, 1848 ;';
# � '_�'._. � 4
WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY
WESTFIEI.D NATlONAL INSURANCE COMPANY
OMIO FARMERS INSURANCE COhAPANY
✓�- � .
By:
Richard L. Kinnaird, 3r., Senior Executive
On this lith day of AUGUSF A.D., 2008 , before me personally came i2iChard L. Kinnaird, Jr. to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Medina, Ohio; that he is 5enior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD
NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and �ri10 FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above
instrument; that he knows the seals oT said Companies; that the seals a�xed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they wera so aftlxed
by order of the Boards of D(rectors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by Ilke order.
Natarial ' ��,,,,•��«w,,,H � •
Seal `� A1 A� S 4,�s '
Affixed �P''' �li/
p •,��� � j 9'.
2f�- �''r
' �� . wlliam J. Kahelin, A rney at Law, 1Vofary Public
State of Ohio { T ��O My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. i47.03 Ohio Revised Code)
County oT Medlna ss.: *:, y �,.-
•„TE of �.'
I, Prank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD 3NSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARNlERS
INSURANGE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the abo�e and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attornay, exacuted 6y safd
Companies, which Is stlll In futl force and etfect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power af Attorney are
in Tull force and effect.
!n YVitness Whereo(, I have hereunto sat my hand and attlxed the seals of said Companies at Westfleld Center, Ohio, this day of
A. D., . ,
� a����ti��y , �,.,�����L�iN'•�,
�,. nNFl
��C w'' � '' ��' 4 ;,9�P ••.... .SG,
�s�f �� �� z i�i� ' 9n =
,�ia7� i'1i ;�; ��.1�-� im9
'�'�'• �� !� ; ��•• •�p:
�� ' •...••''�
•n m,��"��,,
, BPOAC2 (tombin�ac!) (06-02)
,,,,,,� ,�.,
�qS ,
?+;ie`!: , �+ `'••.' ��"�s
�; �Hi�RTE1t�p :%3
�� ; 1848 ,�_ �
;# �'•.,,°.,..=' +
0
''�6"aipn�n�.a.•.
�� F
Frank A. Carrino', Secret Sec�ta►y
,
'
C'C):�'i`I2AC.`l.
' �I�his CGI�TRAt:T «�ac�e ai��l enterc�d it�tc� t}iisc�?� �ia� c�f��� _. ?() �.2- l�� anc� %ettiti=een
tEre Citti c�f Cle�u����te1•. 1=1��riciz. a mui�icipal ec73-�art�tio��. ktt'rcin�It�2- tlests�n��tet� �s tht "CitS�". artd
�l�.e&�jr►I�n� ��,�i.�-��__�_��.�. , �f ehe C'iti' �ti Tcr�.�a_ ______ _._ Cc�ttnt�' c�f
,-���e an�l �tdte c7i� � Ic,ricl�x. t�er�inai'ter desi�;nateci as the '��,�ntractrrr".
�_ , �_ �m�. mm��.
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
I�
�
,
'
'
,
'
V4'ITNES�ETH.
That tlle parti�:s to this cc�ntract �ach in et�nsicieratic�n of tlie u���lert�kin�s, }�rozt�ises and agre�ments
ori the part �f the otl�e�i- hereui corit�inec�, do hereby unc�ertak�, pr�n�ise an� a�ree as ft�ll��ws:
The Contractezr, and his c�r its su4cesscaa��, assi�;�ls. executcsrs c�r adr��inistx•atc�rs, in cozysidc;ratic�n aftl�e
sunzs c�f inaney as herein aft�r s�t f€�rth to be paic� b�� t}Ze Cit}r and to th� Con��r�ct�c�r, s11a11 ax�d will �at
tl�eir oti��n cost and �xp�llse �erfoi-�n all Ia}aor. fiiniish all in�terials� tc�c�l� and eq��ipint�at f��- tt��
fallt�wzn�:
CLEAR'�'VATER I�JECTIQN llCEP WELL PROJECT 09-00��1-UT I:'V TH� AnZQL1NT QF
�'�77,321.0�
1n accardanee uJith such prc�p�sal and #cchnical �u�plernental s�ccificatic�ns anci such ott�er special
provisions a�ic� drawi��s, if any�, ��IYicli «�i�ll be subn�itted b�� th� Ci�y, tc?gethc;r wi�th any
adver�isernent, insfnzetians to bidders, gen�ral c�onditio�s, praposal and band, wlli�h n�ay he her�tc�
attache�i, �nc� any dra�ti�i�l�s if a�7y, ��Shich may k�e }iercin ref�rred tu, are llereby� inade a parG of tl�as
cantract, and alI oi` s<iid ��ark tca be p�rfc�i-rned anc� cc�iz�pleted by the eontrac;t�r and its successors and
assi�ns shall be fuily com�leted in a�o�d and workmanlike �nann�r ta the satisfactian c�f the Cit}�.
If thc Cantract�ar sh�auld fail to c�.�,n1�ly �-ith anyr ��c�f the te�rms, conditi��ns, �r-ovisio��s c�r• stipulatic�ns
as et�ntain�d herein withi� the time �specili�c� for car�p�etion of tl�e wc�rk i� b� p�rforn�ed by dz�
Cc�ntr�et�r, th�n the C"ity� ma}� at its c��ation, atiratl its��f c�f a�1y �r all �•emedies prc�videci ois its behaI�I'
and shall h�ve the rig}It t�r prc��eer� tc� c:c�rzipleie sucli wurk as Gontracicir is ul�li�at�d t� per#«rtn in
accc�rda��:ce; «itll tl�� �arc��=isioi�s �s cc���tained 1xer�iix. �
THE C�NTRAGTO�t A�1D HIS C3R ITS SUCCESSORS A�+D ASSIGitiS IIOF,S I-IEREBY
ACGRCE TO AS�LIME THE DEFCNSE UF Al�'Y LEGA.L ACTI()3�' '1�'I-�IC1-I M�Y I3F.
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY A5 A R:ESULT OF` THE Gt}NTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISIP�G UUT OF THIS CONTR.ACT Al!`D FURTHER,MORE, I� �'QNSInFIZAT[t)N �F
TI-�E TERMS, ST11'ULATI()NS Ah[� C�JNllITIONS AS CONTAINED H�ItETIti, AGI2EF.S
T4 H4LD THE CITY FREE .�Nll HARiVILESS FROM Ai�IY A:'dD A,LL CLAIMS FlJR
DAIVIAGES� COSTS OF SGITS� .TLzDG1ZEI��TS OR L�►ECREES R1+,:�L.JLTI1'tiG FR()11�I AN�'
CLAI���� �AD�E L�:��I�ER T�I[S �C(INTRACT AGr�INST TNE GIT`�' OI2 TI��k:
Ct)NTRAC'I"OR Cilt TH� C'U�tiTC2��C'Tt)T�"5 SUB-Ct?NTRAGTtJRS, AGENTS, SER,VANTS
�R EMPL01'EES RESC`LTTNG FR0�1 ACTIVITIG� BY THE AFC}ItI::�'1E1�TIC1i�1ED
CtJi�'TIir�CT(iR, �`lli3-C�1�ITR�CT(l�i, ��C:E1�T �EKV�INTS ()R Et4r1PLOYEES.
SeciinnV.doc Pa�e 3+�f ld t>i? tr?UI(l
,
'
'
C'():�''i' Itr1C'T
{?}
In aci�liti�m t�� the 1'ores�cai��� ��rcjvisic+t�s. the C'��ntract��r a;�rres ic� ccanlc�rin to the ic�lloti� in� requiren�tcnty:
� In connectia�� ���ith the perfu��narlce of �����•k un�er thi� c�ai�tract, t1�e (���t�tract�ar a�rces not to
discrimi�lat�; a�ainst am• e�nplo��ee c�r a�a�licant Cc�r einplc���ne��t because c�i� race. se� ��eli��ic�n, colc�r, or
natic�nal c�ri�ic�_ 'T`�ie �fc�resai� �a►�c��rision shall i�lclude, l�ut nt�t be liiniteci tc�. the f�ll�win��:
' en�playnze��t, upgracii�l�. c�en�c�tic�c�. c�r transi'er; recniitm�nt c�i� recrciitn�ent advc�rtiwi�a�; Ifty-ot'f �r
tern�inatie�n; �•ates c�i p�y c�r otller ftr�-�t�s oi �ozT���iisation; �rnd sel�ctic�n f�r tr�inin�, includin4
apprr:nticeship. '1'he C`c�ntractc�r a��rees tc� }�ost l�crcai�er in c�nspictaous pl�c�s, available �c�r empl���ees
' ar a��plicant� I'c�r em}�lc�ymez�t, notiees t� be �rovic�ec3 by the conlraetitl�T offic�r settin�; fi�rth tlie
prnvisions �f th� nc�n-di��ri►ninatic�n �:lause�. .
'
n
�I
'
�',
'
Tl�e Contractor furtl�er agr�es tc� inse�-t the fore��iil� proG�isians in all cc��tra�ts la�reundex-, inc[uding
eontracts �r a�recments �uith 1at�car unions an�✓or �vQrker's r��res�tYCatives, except sub-et��trac:tors fc�r
st�ndard cca�nmercial supplies or r�w� materiais.
It is inutually a;reed bei��reen the parriies hereto that time is of th� essence of this contr�ct, and in �he
event That the wc�rl� t� be perf4nner3 by the Contraccor is nat completed witliin the tim� stipulated
herein, it is tl�en fu��her agreed that the City may deduct trc�m such surns or compcxnsati�n a.� may t�c
due to the Contractor the sum of $1,Qt10.0a ner dav for each day tliat t11e work to be perfarmed by tk�e
Contraet�r remains incan�plet� beyand the t�me Iimif speci�ed h�rein, v��liiell sum of �1,OQ0.00 �er
da�A shail c�nly and solely xepre�cnt dama�c:s ��rhich the Cit}r has sustair�ed b� reason af the failiu� c�f
tl�e C�ntractor to ccamplete the wc�rk vvithin tlle time stipulateci, iE being fitrther agreed that this sum is
nat ia be construed as a penait�� but is ocily ta be construed as Liquidated d�YYa�es for f'ailure of the
Contractc�r co cc�mplete and perforn� all «�rk within the tirr�e perind as �pecifi�d in this cantract.
' It is further mutlu�ally a�reed F�en�een t��� City and the Contractor that if, an}r tin�e after the execution of'
this t;ontract and th� surefiyr band which is a�iach�d li�r�to ic�r the faithiul p�;r�'nrn�►ance o� the tenns arld
canditions as contained here�n k�y th� Cantractor, that the City �shall at a�iy time deean th� surety or
sureti�s u��n sL�ch performance l�c�nd to be unsatisfactc�rv car if, f�r az�}= reason, th� �aid bo�id ��ases to
, b� aclec�u�te in aniount to cov�r thc. perf�rmance of the c�,�ork thc Cc�niractor- shall, at liis or its a��n
exp�:nse, i��itizin t�:n (i t)) davs afier recei�at c�f'��ritten F��tice ironY the C`ity to da sc�, tnniislx an additin��al
bond nr bant�s in such term az�d an�ro�t��ts at�e� wit�� sucl� surery c�r sureties �s �hal1 b� �atisfactc�ry ta the
' City. If such an evem ocelxrs, nc� furtl�cr pa�-uicnt shall 6� made to the �'oi�►tr�c:tc�r under th� terms a�id
provisiok�s of ihis earziract until such netiy nr additianal securit�� bond guaraz�teeing the iai�ful
' pc�zformanee of i11e w�ork �u�der tl�� ��r�ns herevf` s:E�all b� cornpleted �uid fun3ished to t11� C'ity ir� a fc�r�ii
satisfactc�ry fia it.
iI�
'
' Stl'IieltV.iloC l'�i�te �i cxl° ld {)r`?"o '_il i(t
'
,
,
'
,
'
u
'
�
��
c c�r��•i�ac•r
��)
Il� WI'T'NE�� WHEREt�F, tl�� p�rti�s to the a�reement h��f� hcreutl�a set th�ir hands and s�ats and
haVe ex�cutetl this A�,reement, i� �u}�li�at�, the day �nd ye�r lir:�t al�c��te written.
GITY C1F +C`LEAFtWATEit
IN PI1"�ICLLAS C�UNTY, �'�.QRX:CJ►A
�Y� �' �-C,uo� -�-4-
'U4filliarr� 8. Horn�� II
City i1�Iar��er
�OU�1t�T51�t1�:
' —c�eo+te n �^C�l�o,s v�cc w►a�or
By: -E�f
Frank Hil�bard,
' Ivlayor-Councilmember
'
'
,
II
u
,
,
'
{ContracCflr must indicate wheth�r arpc��ratian,
Partnership, Company c�r Individual. j
��p"1���� �1,�.;1 t� � �' ;��a�z=
� � J
(The persan signin� sha1l, in his awn
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is si�nin�;
for a Cor�anr�tian, he must, by Affidavit, shaw
his �ntharity to bind the Carpor�ti�anj.
' SectionV.aac
,
►>��� � �r` t a
Attest: tA �
� �O�
�' �. �_ �, s� ;'.,•±�.;
lI/i� - a'' -
�1�
C�cnilo Svto
Assistant Cit� Attorn�y
�
~� �L��:MS�'✓
� �"' i;�@n��. �'1�..,,
C.. f' .' °'��,,'.
,, c�••o
� � �..
� `" _
. ,,.
��,. � ; ,� F
� `' �+�' {�v;' �r
�� � s Y r� 4��, y�,
�'�� " � ;� � �:. ,,
�'��„ , ,
� � �����1)f1i153�ti���
�!?�t?illQ
�
'
'
'
,
�
'
,
'
'
,
'
'
'
,
C()N.�'{2ACdT()12'S A.FFII:l.�1VIT �C)R E'I:�A1� Pt�l'1111��N'I"
tCtJ�2PC?Rr�TiC}'� F()t2:'��I}
S°t'ATC Ci�' E+Lf)I2II3��
CQL�i�TY' (iF
t)n tl�is c�av p�:rsc��lt311}' a��pe�red beCare n�e, ti�e u��cicr5i�;nec� authc�ri:tlf, ciul�� acitE�c�rized to
acl�z�iniste�• t�aths and tak4 �cknc���=3ed�merais. ,��rllo �11'ter being clul�• �ti���rz1.
�ep�ses �i�c� says:
That he is th� ('I'I'[,i,l�:)
c�f .� Florida Ct�rpc�ratic�n, ��=ith its prin�;ipal
placc> c�f tiusin�ss lc�c:ated at (herein, th�
„Co��trac��r"j.
`I�l��t ilie Co1�t�-aetar r�as tli� general ec�ntr�ctc�r und�r a ec�ntracx e�c�cuted c�n th� c�a}r
c�f ,?Q �ritl� tl�e CITI' �C)�` CL��[tWAT�I2., FL4I2ITlA, a inunicipal
cc�rpc�ration, as C�w�ier, anc� t�hat the Gc�ntr�ctc�r v�za�s t�a� p�rft�rn� the cc�nstructic�n r�f
CLEARWATE[2 INJfiCTiC)N DEEP WELL PROJF.CT Q9-(104�#-UT
That said work has nc�w heen cc�mple:tcd and the Coi�tractQr has paid and dischar�ed all sub-
cc�ntractors, laborers aut� material m�n in ct�nnection v�rith said wark and there ar� no liens autstandin�
of any nature nor a�ay debfs +ar abli�atians that n�ight �i�came a lien �r encuin�irance ii� co��neetion with
said wc�r� against the descrihed prop4rtv.
'Tlaat tae is makii�g ttiis afiidavit pursuani ta the rec�uiremei�ts of Ghapter 713, Florida Statutes,
and upan coilsideratian t�f thc �a��ntent of (F'inaI F't�ll fi�i�c�unt t�f C`on�ract) in
full satisfacti�rn and disel�ar�e af said cantract.
'I�iat t11� Qvv�i�r is l�ereh}r relc�ased fro�n any cl�im which mi��lt ari�e c�ut ot said C�ntract.
T��e ward "liet7s" as u5ed i� ihis a1�licia�tit shail mean anv and all arisin� under �the operation af
t�ie Flrarida Mechanic's I.i�n La�� a� set faa-tl� in Cltapt�r 713. Clc�ric�a Statutes.
Sworn �nd subscril�ed ta b�fore me
' �'his dav o(� �(�
,
N4TARY PUBLIC
' M�r C'�mrnissio�� F�.x�sires;
' ti«t�<,,,4�.a«�:
'
k�.��zt t, c,i' i-�
13Y:
A�'FIANT
I'I2CS[LL�ENT
9r?7�?(!tt)
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
Section V - Cet,trac� l�o�um,:n�.�e
��{����A� ���i�
(i�tc�t tu be filled aut if a c�.rtified ���eck is submitted}
h:.`r{3W:�P ,t1.�.�L iVIC� BY THE='aE PRE„SE'�TS: 'I�hat ��tz, the und�rsi�ec�,
:1ppCied Drilling �n�in�e�•inf�, Inc. aS pi7rici�al, �.7id �Vcsttield tnsurancc C'i�rtt�anS�
� �S �t�Tebj�, �`�30'S �dC�T�SS is 4S�U ��. Kcnn�dv �Ivd., Suit� 7���)
Tan,�a. FL .��t;tt9 , are h�ld an� fi �}� h�und untc�
tlze City of Glearwater; I=larida in the sum c�f�, '?`%�„�� ��.��„ ti�}),��`t `» --j %fv� d
DQI�ars (�77't ��.. t° ){�ein� a trzinin��n of 1Q°r"� of c�nu.actor"s €c�taI bid �snnunt) fc�r the p�t of
ri
�vl�ich, ��ell and truly to �e made, w� I�ereby �o�ntty and s���rally bznd atu�selves, our ��irs, ���catars,
admin:istratc�t-s, s�zcc�ss�rs a��d �ssi�ns.
The conditic�n ofth� ab�v� c�bligatic�s� is sci�h t��at it thr� attache� Pr�apc�sal c�f .A��1►cd 1�riltin�
�En�in��rin�� In�. �S �ttllCip�, �i2id bL'�stticld 4nsur�ncc� €"c�n�psinv c"SS
SUr��, far wot'k Speei%ed a5: t It,arvv�t�r Cc�t��entrat� In�4�:tiun �7e:ep GVell t'rUieet- F'E1:t�e i
flCO1CCL NQ t�9-C)O�-�G3T
all as stipulat�d iil s�id Pr€�p�s�l, b}� dt�in� al� «'r�rk ineidental thereto, in accord�:��ce witEl the plans
�d specificatic�ns provided herefor, al.i within Pinellas Gounty, is a�c�pt�t� and the cc�ntract a�uard�d
to ttle a�c�ve nanied l�iddc�r, a�7d thc saitl bidder �hall witllin ten days �fter i'rotiee af said a�varci enter
intt� a cantra�#, in ��itin�, an�€ €'umish t%� rec�uired Fer#'ormar.ce Bc�nd �uith suretv or sus-eties to �e
appra��ed �y t�� Cii�� iv�an�g�r, this �bl?,��ti�n shall b� i�oid, n�tien�=ise tl'►e s��3� shai]' be i.n �`ull f'c�rce
an� virrue by la�� �3d tlze ful� amount e��'this 1'ro�a�.al Band ���iI1 be ��id to the Gitv �s siipulate� �r
liquidat�d ciamag�s.
Si�n�d this 2C�th c3ay of vc:�ataer 2C? i �
(Princip�l rzmust indicate ti����et�er
curgc�ratian, p�z-tnershi�, cc�n�pan�
c�r indi�iid�aal}
' 'i��� p�rs�n s��ning shall, in his �v.��
hand�vritin�, sz�r� the Prineipal's
name, i�is a�Ac7 name and his title;
' the persan si�in� for a corparation
mt�t, by a#3idavit� sho�� his authnrity
tt� }?iilt� �7° COI'j�0i'�.YICtn.
,
�
'
' Seztion L'.i7CJC
'
P�ge ? of 15
('c�r�arati�m
�p�lied Dcitling Fn�interin�, Inc.
�1'171GTp�
w �// �
j t � (-"'��
� .
. i
V4'esttield Iri�urancc C't�m�_�ny �,�
Surety
� �
,�.�...x•�^'�'�-�%
:'�nest Careiinale ,��ttarne�-in-F:�cC
�� FC_ t.icense�l Resi�iei�t ALent
Fnc�uiries kl'a-?�1-2Q�)�
�J!?7;`2U3 �
�
,
LJ
'
'
'
,
C�
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
'
THIS POWER OF AT7DRNEY $UPERCEDES ANY PREVI01lS {�OWEIt BEARINC3 THt3 SAN1E
POWER # QNO !$SU�D PR10R TO OBf1J/09, F6R RNY P€RSON OR PERSdNS NAMED BELOW.
POaJVER NQ. 0897662 00
General
Power
of At�orney
CERTIFIEi� CC7PY
V�lestfi�ld [nsurance G4.
Wes#�e�d Natic�nal Insurar��e �o.
Qhia Farmer�s Insurance Co,
W��tfi�ld Gen#er, Qtti�
Kncx• �1tt Men by These Present�, S'hat ;1VE37�1ELD lI�ISURAN�:E G�biPRNY, �e'iF�7Fi�LU NF,TtUUr1L INSU�ANCE GQ�+1P�tvY anr: DHIO
�=RRM�RS IN9URANG� Ct�MPAFVY, c�rg��a#ions� heretr�atier retcrsed tr� individu�lly as a"ComGany aric: cofl�G�vaty a� "Car:xpanias,' duly
organ�zed ar�c1 e�isting ur�der the� Izws oi the Sfata of Ohlc, and �aving its �;rincipoi ottice (n Westt:eld' Cc;nter, t�Aedma Cr�unty, �irt�; d� Cy th�se
ar�SPnts matee, Gon�}tiYt�e nnd appoinL
CAROL H. HEFih1E5, ANETf CA�2DINALE, DAVIQ H. CARR, .fiAF,1ES W. DUNN, MAROARES A. GINEM, L1N6A NORN, JOlKTLY
OR 5�JERAi1Y
ot TAMPA and State vt FL Its true 7nC ;awh:! Attorr�ey(sj-m Fa�, tY�t;t Futt �ower anc autharity h�re�y confrrrexi in its name,
olac° anG ste3Ci, to ex�cute, a�Y,nocv!°�.".ge �2nd r,�llver arry and all bonds, recngnizances, underiak'rn9s, nr other leuirranents or contra�cts ot
suretysAlp- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - - - •
IIMITATION: THIS PO4YER QF ATTdf7NEY CANNoT BE tlSED TQ EXECU7E NQTE l3t1ARANTEE, MQRTGAGE DEFICIEHCY, MaR�GAGE
GU'�i4RA�t lE�, OR BA�IK I��p4SlTQRY SUNC15.
and to 5i�d any of ihe Cr�mpaniee�; tk��reby as :+slly and ta ;he sam� extetrt ��f suct+ bo�ta� vrere srcn�tl by tne Pres�pent, sealed wi[h the r.r�r�:c�ra�e
seal pf the apFficatsle Gornpany and �iuly attesied by its 3ec�etary, her55y ratitying and confirmirir, s#E tnot the said Attorney(s�j �n-Fae; may cio in
the premises. Said ap�pint�'nBnF is made untler and by authr�rity Di #he `�ClrnvinU re.sc�fution acoptea try the Board of Qirectors ot each of the
WESTFIELD INSURANCc COM?ANY, WESTFIELC'i NATIbNAL IP�5URANCE GOMPANY and GNl(� FARkAERS INSURAhICE C�MPtI+`JY:
"8e tt Resolved. that the Pr�sident; any S�wr E�cu�ve, a°�y Secr�tary w any F�detity & S�crety Operatacxzs �x°cu`tve nr other Execupye shal
be and �s heret�y vested wi,h tuCl �w�er ancf autncrity t� appoint a�y one ar mor� suita�t� pe.>soris as Aitor�reYl�?°in-f'act #a represent and aet Far
and on t�:halt ot th� Campany subje�t tcs trie toliow;ng prouisions;
rhe Attarney-in-Faci. map ba plv�n lull power antl a[�thuriry tor and in ttte rrame of and �n bPh�tf at the Gom�ny, to e��e, ackniawlecge anC
r.e�liver, any and aH bnF�ds, rerd�n�Z�tSr.es, contracts, ayreements c�f indemnity arxl other c:�nditianal or oG6c�a*ory undertaki�gs arid ari+j antl all
natic;es and documetlGS canCeEin6 or terminat;ng irie ��mpany's iiata�lity thereu�xies, s�c any s�ch instrument:� so exeeutec by any such
Attorncy-dn-Fact sha11 Ge as Glnding upon tha Comoany as i� slgner! hy ihe Presitlent a�d seaicsd and attested by the Carporat� Secretary."
'Be rt FurUrer fTeso/ver3, that khe sigr�akur� ot any such ciesignated ��CSOn and thr� seai af the ��mpany �refaN�re or hereatter affixcd ¢o any
pc,war of s�ttrsrney ar any cerEificat+� relating th�ereto dy PacslmiCe, and any �we�' of attorney �r eertiflcate ��arin� (acstmile slgnature.s ar fiacsir�lle
seal shalE b�t valid ana binding upan the Ctimp�n� wfth resp�: io any t�r�nd or undertaking to which I[ is attached." {Each adapted at a m�ting
held on �ebrusry 8, 2U00}.
!n Witness Whereaf, WESTFfF.I.D INSUHItNCE GOlAF1�NY, V+rESTFtELD NAT QNA� INSURRNCE CQM� ANY and aHl€.1 FARWiERS tNSUa,4NG�
COMp�1plY hawe cau� th��: �rese,nts in ha sig�e� by kh�ir 5estiar Executive arid tneir corparat� seais Yo be her�to a�xad this t7th day ot
AUGUST A.Q., 2009 .
Coryclt�te �r�•w� . , ,,, ,,,,, wo
�,,ua.� .. �,��„� �, , "u��p""�'w�,, w�S'FFIELQ INSURANCE CQMPANY
5eals ,d f,,.«.•�..'pc'Q,`"st ;` ��- s +' �=-."�;f'�a � WESTFIELD NA'1ICINAL. INSURANGE C�MPANY
Art�xe�r v; ,�o. tii,= •-v . �p. ,a� �► E' QHfO FARMERS INSURANCE COlMiPi1NY
g �'�'! ��r1.17..L1 1 'd � �^�� w.7E�a � ' �2 . �r'�,,; �� �� ..
�= g�� �EQ �3 ♦
��•:� �;ff�?'� U= ���� $:�.,.i8a� �,�; �� .
'Lry' ..• � a
. . ��* � a�n�aaa••,
State at �hio ���..� By�
County caf Mad+i�a �s.: Richarr! L_ Kinnaird, Jr., �er.ior €xecutive
Cn this 17th day �t RUt3UST A.D., 20U9 ,�ebre rne parsanally came itichard L. Kinrsaird, Jr. to me knawn, wt�o, t�eln� Dy me <iuly
sworn, �id depose anC say, that he rssi�es in Medina, Ohio; thai h� is Senior Executive c�f W£STr=1EI�T3 INSURANCG G{7M?ILtVYr WESiFI[Ld
NA7CQNA� SNSUF2�tNCE GOMPANY and C1N1� FA�WIERG tNSUF2AN�E COMPAAaY, ?he c�m�arnes described in and wYticn exrxuted the abave
instrumeni; that ha knows t�e seals oi saicJ Compan�es; tn�t kfse seals a`f�xert t� said 'nstrumenf are su�t corparate s�:ais: Y�at they ware sa af5xet!
by orde.r ot the doards af Direct�s oF s:jid Cnmparnes; and thet Ete signeci he� nhme therato by ISKa order.
s•
1Vctartal � � �w.ay,� `
S�al (y1AL. � r
p ,•"' �
Aifixes3 [� �\t��i//�,i�s
c f�' _✓' C"
• ~ . �Iliam J. Kahelin, A rney at Law, R'aiary Pubtic
5tate. ot Oni� : ds '� p My C:omnlssion ??<:�.s Nr�i Ex�ire (Sec. 147,�`3 Chio Revisec Gctcie;
`z � �1,�.
County af Medin� ss.: *:, q .t� .-
''�., TE' Q f p .e`'
...... ,,..�.
I, Frank A. Carrine, 5ecrerary af WEST�IELD I�tSUf2AtJCE CCft�1PANY, W�ST�I� l,D NATICiVAL INS'.1RAN�E GUt.�PANY and f7HIC3 FARtviERS
I,vSURAVCE COMPt�NY, �a hereby certiiy that Yhe abave and f�reg�aing is a fir:�e and correc� caDy ot a PaWer af Rttorney, e�ccecuted oy said
Companies, whuh is still in full foeca and e�ect; and "ur�hermora, the eBSWutlnns ot >he Seatds af Dkreukors, set a�t in th� Frnver uf Attnmry are
in futl frxce and efiect.
1n t"Jitriass LVhereal, I hava hereuntcs set my �ran4 a�d aftixc:� ihe seals c+f sa�d Com�anles at LNesi�eld :entcr, Oitio. 'hls �Jt;� uay 6f
vctck?e� A.O., 2fl13. ,
� � 4
a7�'s#�L
_ �n �
BPOEIC`.3 Ccc+^:uinedj (06-42)
'
SF1�.I,�
..�.• ..
N„w+ ,,,.�a.
rr,�"i5t�i,-,��
_ �: '' • ��i^
� �1tARX�{g.�3
_;.�,;; lflae ;;ig
•i' .,; '*.
`' '' � :
�r�����4lH�H��M��F
�i�A/7`�K� , �
Fra�k A. Carrino", 5�cre1 �&�¢�
�
��f
' (f
�.
�
�
�
�
I�_i■�,.J
l I!
�
�
�ectian V — Contract I7ocuments
AFFIDAVIT
(To be �lled in and exe�uted ifthe bidder is a�csrporation)
STATE flF� FLOR�A )
CQLIA;TY OF �=��i�;���,�,�...,,, �,
�
,�-�, being duly swornT depases �d sa}rs that helshe is
Secretary of , �
a carpor�ation a, ized and existing der 1 by virtue e laws of the �tate c�f Fiorida, and having
its principal office at: �i
� t�t. Z� o
Street & Number itv untyf State
Affiant fu�er sa5rs that he is familiaz �vith the records, nYinuie baoks ar�d by-]aws of
t1 _ i , _ ,--� __ . � t , � • �....�. ` �~ .
t t . �,�J � (Name of,�C�oiporation)
Affiant further says t�at �„�--�-, ��.�,� �.�� � is l �� � ; � ���
(tJffic�r's Name) (Title}
of the corporation, is duiy authorized ta sign the Praposat fqr �; __�, ,� e�„� ��1�n ,r�, .� y...,
for said carporatic�n by virtue af �,
(state w ether a provision af by Iaws or a esalution o � Baard af
Directors, If by R�� `'�tian ive �at�o#�ad ptican),
t�' �.
�',�� 1 A, t�,�,'� �
St'4'Olil t0 U�fQI'(; lI7E ��115 �_ aati' of l�av�n� �r�.. . 20�-
Sectian V.DC3C
s'�*� '••- STUART C. AND�RSQN
; �� � Cc�mmissinn # �D 866659
�� �; Expires April 12. 2013
�; �' a�emryt F��..�eoa-�esre�s
Paet 8 at IS
.,G�C..�•lL.�— �
Notar�� Public
��L-�C ����n�,�
Type/prindstarrrn� nasne ofNcrtary
DTJ �l�l�,(c,S9
Title or rank, and S�rial Na., if anv
9�2712t� 10
'
'
,
'
'
�J
'
'
��
r',;
' ,
�
,
�
,
�
,
�
'
Sectic�n V — �ontract la�cument5
Nf.)N-GtJLLUS�ON AFFfDAVtT
STATE OF FLORIflA
CQUNTY iJF � �
�`- bein�, f rst duly s��vorn, depQSes and savs that he is
� °t i � i�.. ; � '
the partY making the faregt�ing Propa�al or Bid; that such Bid is genuine ar�d not �ollusive or sham: that
said �idder is not financia�ly interested ir� or otherw-ise affiliated in a business t��ay wvith any �Cher bidder
on the same cantract; that said bidder has not colluded, canspired� co�viived, or a�reed, directly or
indirectly, �.xith any bidders ar person, ta �SUt in a sham bid ar that such other person shall refrain frarn
biddi��g, and has nQt itz any rnannerr directly or indirectIyz sau�ht by agreem�nt ar c�lIusion, c�r
communication or cc�nference, w7th any �erson, to fix the bid price or affiant or any atih�r bidder, or to
tix any overhead, profit or cost element af saic3 bi�i }�rice, ar fhat af anyF otli�r bidder, or to secure any
adwantage against tt�e City of CI�arwater, Florida, or an
eontract; and that all statemenfs contained in said propo at or bid ar��rue and furtCl�r�that such bicide
has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or� the conter�ts thereof, or divu[�ed information or data
relati��e thereto ta any association or to any metnber or a�ent thereof.
.:V. -�,�- - � /�!�'�
�
�
Sworn tn and su6scribed befare me this � day of ���� � �T* 20 f(
f . �'
-�-- �'e. - �
�-
..�.�,,,
�r��„Y,. �. PAUL A, RE7AEY �
°°�. Mota�y p�eaic - s��Re �i Ffo��aa i�jotary Public
h• �� My Comm. Ezpires Mar 23, 20l5 t,q�►t ri. 6-'E.�Ti
'�' � Commiesion H EE 76982 �
~rf %� +���� Banded Thraugh Nal�vnal Natary Assn.
Section V,I�f�
Pagz 9 af 15
9t�7/201 �
,
�
'�
��
'�
:
�; i
�1�
,L�
L�
�
�
�
Section V - Ct?ntract Docurtz�nts
PROPOSa�
���
TO THE CIT�' OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
CLEAR��VATER CUNCEI�`TRATE IN�iE�TICIN DEEP WELL — PHASE 1
a�-ao��-uT
an� dain� such other wr�rk incidental thereto, all in accordance v�ith the cantract documents, n2ark�d
CLEARWATER CONCENTRATE INJE�TTDI�' DFEP WELL — PHASE l
U9-004�t-UT
Every- bidder must f.ake notice o4'the f�ct that e�;en though his pragasal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to aJhom an a�=ard is made and by thase of�icials authorized to do sa on behalf of
the City of Glearwater, Florida, that no such award or si�nin� shalI be considered a 6inding contract
witliout a certiFcat� from the Finance T3irector that funds are available to caver the cast of the wark ta
be dane, or with�aut the approval ot tlte City Attarney as to the fatm and Iegality of the cQntra�t and aIl
the pertinent documents relating thereto havin� been approwed by said City Attoirney; and such bidder is
hereby cbarged with this notice.
The signer af the Propasal, as bidder, atso declares that the o7iiy persc�n, persons, company ar parties
interested in �l�is Proposai, are na�ned in this I'r�pc�sal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions tq Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplem�enta] Specifieaticans,
General Conditians, Sp�cial Pro�risions, and Contract Bond, that lie ar his representati�te has made such
in�estigation a� is necessary to deterzz�ine the character and extent af the �uork and he propases' and
agrees that if the Proposal be acceptied, he ��v�il contraet vvith the Citv of Cleare�Fat�r, Florida, in the farm
of eantraet, hereta annexed; Lo provide the necessary Iabor, materials, maclunery, �quipment, toals or
apparatus, do all the work required to c�mplete the contract within tlie tinne �t�entianed in the General
Conditinns and according to the requirements Qf t11e Gity of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
hereinafter set farth, and furnisli the required surety bonds for the follo���in� prices ta �vit:
Sec.7ian t?.DQC Pa�e 10 of I S gr2?t�Q 10
�
�
�!
� 1!
� � �
��
� t;
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Seerian V — Cuntraet Doc�ment�5
�'RC?PQSAL
�?)
If the fore�oin� ProposaI shall be aecepted by the City of Clear�Tater. Flaritfa, and the undersi�ned shall
fail to ea�ecute a satisfactary contract as stated in tt�e A�iv�rtisement I�erein attached, then the Cit}� rnay,
at its optiran determine that the ur�dersi�ned has abandaned the contract, and thereupon this Praposal
shall be nu11 and vaid, and tl�e certifi�d cheek c�r bond accoinpanring this Proposal, sball be farf�ited to
become the property t�f the City af Cleanv°ater, Florida, and the full an�a�ant of said chec�: sha�l be
retained by the C'rty�, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the fixll ar��at3nt of such bond shall be paid to the
City as stipulated ar liquidated damages; otl��rwise, the band or certified check accotnpanying this
Prnposat, or the an�ount of said check, shall be ret�.uned to the undersi�ned as specified hercin.
Attached hereto is a and r eertifi�d ch�ck on _ �
���,s��;r� � �.,s�s�;fx��.
�� I�.,, � . . E3ank, �'ar the scun of ,,�����,�.,-, � � „g �,,
�
(being a minimurn of I Oa/o of
total bid amaunt}.
(� 77173�. ��'
The full nam�s anc� residences of al1 persons and partiE$ interested in the faregoin�; bid are as folla��s:
(If corporation, give the names andaddresses of the President and Secresary. If firm or partnersIup, the
namies and addresses of tl�ie members ar partners. The Bidder �halt list not only his nazne 6uf also the
name oF auiy persan with whom bidder has any type of a� eement whereby such person's
iza�provetnents, enrichment, em�loyment or passible (�enefit, �vhether st�b-caniractor, rnaterialrnan,
agent, suppl#er, or employer is contin�ent upon the award �f the cc�ntract to the bidder).
NAMES: _�°ss�'a�"9�; �'•,� ADD�RESSES:
0
Signature of Bidder:
�--.� S-t-��ak-�. C.
(The bidder must indic�te whether Corporation, Partziership, Company or Individual�.
Section V.DC?C
Page 11 �f 1 �
�,� � +-J
91`27i201 ti
�
��Ction V — Contract Document5
PRE}PI�SAL
{3}
The persan signing shaIl, in his oEUn hand���ritin�, si�n the F'rincipal's name, his aw� name and his title.
Where the person signin� for a eorparation is ather than the President or Vice-President, I�c must, by
aff davit, shou� his a�thority, to bind t„�e �t�rporatian.
• , �
• . � V � l. _. i. � • ♦ _ i 1� _ .
Business �dc�ress of C3idder: i Gl� /� 1i.t .�A �E °� 1'�� ��
e��y �a s���: I,��,�,�. �'1. z�p c�d� �.3 �, t�
�
Dated at 1��4�uay�! i`"l�r�.i ��A _, this %� da}r of ,�jt,s,,�,,,.��, +,�., ,:�.D., 20 j%.
Section l�.DQC
Pas�e 12 �f 15
9,'27720 I (l
__
' �
'
Sectian V — Contract Dacuments
CIT�f QF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM �HEET
�CLEARWATER CC?NCENTRATE INJECTI�N DEEP �'VELL — P�IASE 1(09-OU�4-T1T}
Aeknawledgment is hereEsv made af the folla�in� addenda recei�ed since issuance af Plans and
Specifications.
Section V.DC)C
Addendu�n Na. �.__.a._ Date: _�����
Addend�u�'�cr, _�_ Date: .�2������b� j
Addendum Nn..�__ Date:
�dtiendtun Nc�. Date:
�ddendum Na. Date:
Addendu�n �io. Uate:
Addenduni No. Date:
Addendum Na. Dat�:
Addertdunl No. I�a��:
Addend�m No. Date:
Addendum Na. Date:
Pa�e i a of 1 S
r�,a��_
{Narr�e
..�„_} 5i atur� c�f cer)
�uAs�."� �... ��ERSb t�
� S•
(Titte of Off�cer)
�
�D �)
4t27!2(} 2 U
------.
°j i �" a.'<.
'�
'�
'�
'�
��
��
'�
��
i�
�
'
�
'
�
,
�
'
' :
Section V — Contract Document�
« � � s r � • • , i
CLEARWATER CQNCENTRATE II'�TJFCTION DEEP WELL — PHASE 1(49-0044�UT)
CONTRACTCIR: �,�r �k:,� ��,�. ,�;.�,��aa�,�,�,,�
��.!
Bid
Item ���cri tic�n G2 Unit Unit Cos# Amount
MobifizationlDemobilizatian (1 �°!o
1 maximum 1 �S $ $ p "
Construct and Remove Wel[ Pad ac�d
2 Four Monitorin Wel[s 1 LS $ �$ �
3 Dri() 54-inch Diameter Borehole 70 FT $ �$ ��,�
Pravide and Set 48-inch Steel Surface
4 Casin 70 FT $ � $ "
5 Graut 48-inch L iameter Casin 270 CF $ $ p—
6 Drifl 12.25-inch Diameter Pilot Hc�fe 230 FT $�, �$ p
Ganciuct Geophysical Logging in Pilot
7 Boreno(e 1 Ls $ — $ _
Rearn Pflo# Borehole to Nominal 48-
8 inches Diameter 230 FT $�,p,�' $ z.,r `
9 Perfo�m Cali er Log 1 LS $ "` $ p
Pravide and Set 42-inch Stee� Surface
1d Gasin 300 FT $ � ,�` " $ �,�,
11 Grout 42-inch Diameter Casin 1,�15 CF $ �" $ f ,�j
Conduct Temperature Logs after Each
12 Graut Sta e 1 LS $ b$ ,b, `�
Drill 12.25-inc�r Diameter Pilat
13 Barahale 40Q FT $�jp "' $ p ap�,�
14 Callect 2a foot Gontinuaus Cores 5 EA $�,,p �' $ �, "`
Conduct Geophysicaf Logging in Pilat
15 Barehole 'E LS $ � $ �`
'i6 Perform Straddle Packer Tests 24 HRS $� -� $ �,�,"'
Ream Pilot Borehole ta Nominel 42-
1 i inches Qiameter 350 FT $ p�$ '
�
18 Perform Ca(i er Lo 1 LS $S ad � S' t.�c�
Prepare Bc�rehole, �rovide and Set 32-
19 inch Steel Casin 653 FT $ f,3t��' $ S"�
Se�ction V.DOC Page t4 of l5 9127I2t�10
�
,�
,�
'�
,�
'�
'�
'
�
'�
1
�
�
'
�
'
�
'
�
'
�
'.
�
' ..
�
'
�
'
�
'
�
'
Section V — Cantract Dacuments
20 Grout 32-inch Diameter Casin 3,000 GF $�-°-' $ a°`
Canduct Temperaiure Lags after Each
2'[ Grou# Sta e 1 LS $!b at� ~� t,� av ta �
22 Drill 12.25-inch Diame#er Pilot Hole 450 FT $ S'G� '" $ 5'or.� +
Canduct Geophysieal Lagging in Pilot
23 Barehole 1 LS $ r,ac�� .� S" o "
24 Perform 1-hour Pum Test 1 LS $ `. $ t� t3 !
Water Quafity Anafyses Qur'rng �
25 Reverse-Air [�rillin 32 EA $ v�.$ a�
Primary and Secondary DrinEcing _
26 Water LabQratc� Anal sis 1 LS $,5'�� r$ Uac}
27 PerForm 1-haur in"ection Test 1 �S $ r� �$ r_
28 Construct Well Head and Pad 1 LS $,� -$ b c,c►
.
�9 Standb Tirne 24 HRS $ '� $ �d�
Subtc�tat (Bid items 1-29 = $ (o �
30 Uwner's 10% Contin enc 1 �.S $�D �$ ��. a
Grand Total Bid I#ems 1-3Q =$ 3
b �+
BIDDEIt'S GRAND TQTAL $
BIDDER"S GRANq TQTAL
(Numbers}
(Words}
THE BIDDER'S GRA.ND 'TUTAL ABOVE IS HJ.S TQTAL BID BA�ED ON HIS UNIT
PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FCiR
EACH SECTICIN. THIS FTGURE IS FCIR �NF4RMATItJN ONLY AT THE 'TIME OF'
QPEI�NG BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE T%iE TABULATI4N FROM TI�E UNIT PRTCES
AND LUMP SIJM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERR(}R IN THE T�TAL B�►'' THE BiDDER,
IT SHALL BE CHANGEI7► AS �NLY THE UNIT PFiICES AND LUMP� SUM FRICE SHALL
GiDVEZ2N.
Section V.LX�C p�g� �� �f �g 4/27t201Q